eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description Issue
01
Date
2015-03-23
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:
Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
[email protected]
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Contents
Contents 1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1 1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.4 Feature Differences by eNodeB Type.............................................................................................................................3
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 5 2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 5 2.2 Benefits........................................................................................................................................................................... 6 2.3 Architecture.................................................................................................................................................................... 7 2.4 TRM Algorithms............................................................................................................................................................ 8 2.4.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping.......................................................................................................8 2.4.2 Transport Load Control............................................................................................................................................... 8 2.4.3 Transport Congestion Control..................................................................................................................................... 9
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping............................................................... 11 3.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................................................11 3.2 Physical Ports................................................................................................................................................................11 3.3 Transport Resource Groups.......................................................................................................................................... 12 3.3.1 Transport Resource Group Types.............................................................................................................................. 12 3.3.2 Mapping Rules and Applications.............................................................................................................................. 13 3.3.3 Rate Mode Configurations.........................................................................................................................................14 3.4 IP Paths......................................................................................................................................................................... 16 3.5 Endpoints...................................................................................................................................................................... 16 3.6 DiffServ QoS................................................................................................................................................................ 17 3.6.1 QoS Objectives.......................................................................................................................................................... 17 3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs........................................................................................................... 20
4 Transport Load Control.............................................................................................................. 24 4.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 24 4.2 Transport Load Calculation.......................................................................................................................................... 24 4.3 Transport Admission Control....................................................................................................................................... 26 4.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 26 4.3.2 Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups...................................................................................................26 4.3.3 Admission Control on Physical Ports........................................................................................................................ 32 Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Contents
4.3.4 Configuration Items................................................................................................................................................... 32 4.4 Transport Resource Preemption....................................................................................................................................33 4.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 34 4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process..................................................................................................................... 34 4.4.3 Dual-Rate-based Preemption Process........................................................................................................................36 4.4.4 Preemption Scenarios and Configuration Items........................................................................................................ 38 4.5 Transport Overbooking.................................................................................................................................................38 4.5.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 39 4.5.2 Transport Resource Group Overbooking...................................................................................................................39 4.5.3 Physical Port Overbooking........................................................................................................................................ 40 4.6 Transport Load Reporting.............................................................................................................................................41 4.6.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 41 4.6.2 Transport Load Reporting Process............................................................................................................................ 42 4.6.3 Configuration Items................................................................................................................................................... 42 4.7 Transport Overload Control..........................................................................................................................................43 4.7.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 43 4.7.2 Transport Overload Control Process..........................................................................................................................44 4.7.3 Configuration Items................................................................................................................................................... 48 4.8 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs......................................................................................................................49
5 Transport Congestion Control.................................................................................................. 50 5.1 Transport Dynamic Flow Control.................................................................................................................................50 5.2 Transport Differentiated Flow Control......................................................................................................................... 51 5.2.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 51 5.2.2 Traffic Shaping.......................................................................................................................................................... 52 5.2.3 Queue Scheduling of Transport Resource Groups.................................................................................................... 54 5.2.4 Back-Pressure Algorithm.......................................................................................................................................... 55 5.3 Dynamic Bandwidth Adjustment................................................................................................................................. 57 5.4 IP Performance Monitoring.......................................................................................................................................... 58 5.5 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs......................................................................................................................58
6 Application Scenarios.................................................................................................................60 6.1 Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade........................................................................................................... 61 6.1.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 61 6.1.2 Process of Implementing Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade............................................................... 61 6.1.3 Configuration Items................................................................................................................................................... 62 6.2 User Data Type............................................................................................................................................................. 62 6.3 RAN Sharing................................................................................................................................................................ 63 6.4 Base Station Cascading................................................................................................................................................ 63
7 Related Features...........................................................................................................................64 7.1 Features Related to LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support...................................................................................... 64 7.2 Features Related to LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking.................................................................................... 64 7.3 Features Related to LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control.............................................................65 Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Contents
7.4 Features Related to LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control............................................................. 65 7.5 Features Related to LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring............................................................................. 65 7.6 Features Related to LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control.................................................................... 66 7.7 Features Related to LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade................................................... 66
8 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 67 8.1 LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support...................................................................................................................... 67 8.2 LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking.................................................................................................................... 67 8.3 LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control............................................................................................ 67 8.4 LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control............................................................................................. 68 8.5 LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring............................................................................................................. 68 8.6 LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control.................................................................................................... 68 8.7 LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade...................................................................................68
9 Engineering Guidelines............................................................................................................. 69 9.1 When to Use Transport Resource Management........................................................................................................... 70 9.1.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping.....................................................................................................70 9.1.2 Transport Load Control............................................................................................................................................. 71 9.1.3 Transport Congestion Control................................................................................................................................... 72 9.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 72 9.2.1 Transport Bandwidth Planned by Operators..............................................................................................................72 9.2.2 Transport Resource Mapping.....................................................................................................................................72 9.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 73 9.4 Overall Deployment Procedure.................................................................................................................................... 73 9.5 Deployment of Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping...............................................................................73 9.5.1 Process....................................................................................................................................................................... 73 9.5.2 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 73 9.5.3 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 74 9.5.4 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................87 9.5.5 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................88 9.5.6 Initial Configuration.................................................................................................................................................. 88 9.5.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................93 9.5.8 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 99 9.5.9 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................99 9.6 Deployment of Transport Load Control..................................................................................................................... 102 9.6.1 Process..................................................................................................................................................................... 102 9.6.2 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 102 9.6.3 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 103 9.6.4 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................111 9.6.5 Hardware Adjustment.............................................................................................................................................. 112 9.6.6 Initial Configuration................................................................................................................................................ 112 9.6.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................ 118 9.6.8 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 126 9.6.9 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................126 Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Contents
9.7 Deployment of Transport Congestion Control........................................................................................................... 128 9.7.1 Process..................................................................................................................................................................... 128 9.7.2 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 128 9.7.3 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 129 9.7.4 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................135 9.7.5 Hardware Adjustment..............................................................................................................................................135 9.7.6 Initial Configuration................................................................................................................................................ 135 9.7.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................140 9.7.8 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 143 9.7.9 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................143 9.8 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................144 9.9 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 147 9.10 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 147 9.10.1 Transport Load Control......................................................................................................................................... 147 9.10.2 Transport Congestion Control............................................................................................................................... 148 9.10.3 Alarms................................................................................................................................................................... 149
10 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 150 11 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 194 12 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 203 13 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 204
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
1 About This Document
1
About This Document
1.1 Scope This document describes resource management for transport, including its technical principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines. This document covers the following features: l
LBFD-003002 Basic QoS Management
l
LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support
l
LOFD-003011 Enhanced Transmission QoS Management
l
LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking
l
LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control
l
LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control
l
LOFD-00301202 IP Active Performance Measurement
l
LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade
This document applies to the following types of eNodeBs. eNodeB Type
Model
Macro
3900 series eNodeB
Micro
BTS3202E
LampSite
DBS3900 LampSite
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described herein correspond to the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the product documentation delivered with future software releases. This document applies only to LTE FDD. Any "LTE" in this document refers to LTE FDD, and "eNodeB" refers to LTE FDD eNodeB.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
1 About This Document
1.2 Intended Audience This document is intended for personnel who: l
Need to understand the features described herein
l
Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are two types of changes: l
Feature change Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities.
l
Editorial change Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the affected entities.
eRAN 8.1 01 (2015-03-23) This issue does not include any changes.
eRAN8.1 Draft A (2015-01-15) Compared with 01 (2014-04-26) of eRAN FDD 7.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of eRAN8.1 includes the following changes. Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Affected Entities
Feature change
Supported the co-IP transmission between the X2 and eX2 interfaces and modified the following sections:
None
Macro Micro
4 Transport Load Control 5.2.4 Back-Pressure Algorithm Editorial change
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Added the impact of the back-pressure algorithm on the scheduling weight of transport resource groups in 5.2.4 BackPressure Algorithm.
None
-
Revised 9.1.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping.
None
-
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Change Type
1 About This Document
Change Description
Parameter Change
Affected Entities
Revised 9.7.3 Data Preparation.
Added the following parameters:
-
RSCGRPAL G .TXBWAM IN RSCGRPAL G .RXBWAM IN
1.4 Feature Differences by eNodeB Type Feature Support by Macro/Micro/LampSite eNodeBs
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Feature ID
Feature Name
Supported by Macro eNodeBs
Supported by Micro eNodeBs
Supported by LampSite eNodeBs
LBFD-003002
Basic QoS Management
Yes
Yes
Yes
LBFD-003002 01
DiffServ QoS Support
Yes
Yes
Yes
LOFD-003011
Enhanced Transmission QoS Management
Yes
Yes
Yes
LOFD-003011 01
Transport Overbooking
Yes
Yes
Yes
LOFD-003011 02
Transport Differentiated Flow Control
Yes
Yes
Yes
LOFD-003011 03
Transport Resource Overload Control
Yes
Yes
Yes
LOFD-003012 02
IP Active Performance Measurement
Yes
Yes
Yes
LOFD-003016
Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade
Yes
No
Yes
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
1 About This Document
Feature Implementation in Macro/Micro/LampSite eNodeBs Feature
Difference
Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade
This feature is supported differently by different types of eNodeBs. l Macro and LampSite eNodeBs support this feature, and the IPPATHRT MO needs to be configured. l Micro eNodeBs do not support this feature. For details about this feature, see 6.1 Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade, 9.3 Planning, 9.5.3 Data Preparation, 9.5.6 Initial Configuration, 9.5.7 Activation Observation, and 9.5.9 Deactivation.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
2
Overview
2.1 Introduction Transport resources are one type of multiple resources on the radio access network. Transport resources in LTE mainly include transport bandwidths over S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces, which are logical interfaces. S1 interfaces consist of S1-C (also known as S1-MME) and S1-U interfaces. An S1-C interface connects an eNodeB and a mobility management entity (MME) and transmits control plane information. An S1-U interface connects an eNodeB and a serving gateway (S-GW), and transmits user plane information. Figure 2-1 shows the logical architecture of S1/X2 interfaces. Figure 2-1 Logical architecture of S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces
An X2 interface is set up between two neighboring eNodeBs and has both control-plane and user-plane information to exchange between the eNodeBs. An eX2 interface is set up between two eNodeBs to carry coordination data between them (excluding the coordination data carried on the X2 interface). TRM manages S1, X2, and eX2 transport bandwidths. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
Table 2-1 provides the QoS requirements by the S1 interface for the transport network. Table 2-1 QoS requirements by the S1 interface for the transport network QoS Requirement
Optimal Value
Recommended Value
Unidirectional delay (ms)
5
10
Unidirectional jitter (ms)
2
4
Packet loss rate
1.0 x 10-6
1.0 x 10-5
Table 2-2 provides the QoS requirements by the X2 interface for the transport network. Table 2-2 QoS requirements by the X2 interface for the transport network QoS Requirement
Optimal Value
Recommended Value
Unidirectional delay (ms)
10
20
Unidirectional jitter (ms)
4
7
Packet loss rate
1.0 x 10-6
1.0 x 10-5
Table 2-3 provides the QoS requirements by the eX2 interface for the transport network. Table 2-3 QoS requirements by the eX2 interface for the transport network QoS Requirement
Centralized Cloud BB (Ideal Backhaul)
Distributed Cloud BB (Ideal Backhaul)
Coordination over Relaxed Backhaul
Unidirectional delay (us)
≤10
≤130
≤4000
Packet loss rate
1.0 x 10-3
1.0 x 10-3
1.0 x 10-3
NOTE
l Optimal value: indicates the QoS requirements for supporting all services, including IMS signaling, video calls, voice calls, and packet data. A better performance is provided when the actual QoS value of the transport network is closer to the optimal value. l Recommended value: indicates the QoS requirements for supporting coordination data over the eX2 interface and the packet data services with a QoS class identifier (QCI) of 1, 2, 3, or 7.
2.2 Benefits Based on the transport resource configurations and mapping, the TRM algorithms implement transport load control and transport congestion control. Specifically, the TRM algorithms can Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
use measures such as admission, preemption, overload control, and flow control to meet QoS requirements of different services in different transport load scenarios, thereby providing differentiated services for different users and ensuring user fairness. These measures are taken based on the physical transport bandwidths of the S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces, bandwidths configured for different transport resource groups, and IP paths or endpoints mapped from transport resource groups.
2.3 Architecture TRM algorithms are categorized into: l
Transport resource configurations and mapping
l
Transport load control
l
Transport congestion control
TRM algorithms are closely related to radio resource management (RRM) algorithms, including the uplink radio resource scheduling algorithm and radio interface load balancing algorithm. The TRM and RRM algorithms use the same control policies. Figure 2-2 shows the categories of TRM algorithms. Figure 2-2 Categories of TRM algorithms
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
2.4 TRM Algorithms 2.4.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping Transport resource configurations and mapping are fundamental to TRM. The configurations and mapping are described as follows: l
Transport resource configurations Physical ports, transport resource groups, and IP paths or endpoints are configured to help implement more accurate bandwidth management.
l
Mapping between services and transport resources Services are carried on physical ports and transport resource groups. This mapping is implemented by mapping service types to differentiated service code points (DSCPs) based on transmission requirements. This mapping helps determine transmission priorities for transmission differentiation.
2.4.2 Transport Load Control Transport load control enables the eNodeB to provide differentiated services (DiffServ) to different users and ensure fair allocation of resources among users when transport resources are limited. To improve transport bandwidth efficiency and network capacity, transport load control also enables the eNodeB to control the policies for allocating transport bandwidths without affecting service quality. Before performing transport load control, the eNodeB calculates the transport loads involved, that is, the minimum bandwidth required for the services with specific QoS requirements, based on the actual traffic or reserved bandwidths. Transport load control consists of the following functions: l
Transport admission control Transport admission control enables the eNodeB to apply different admission policies to different types of services to ensure the transmission quality of ongoing services and increase the admission success rate for high-priority services. The eNodeB supports transport admission control on transport resource groups and physical ports.
l
Transport resource preemption Transport resource preemption allows higher-priority services to preempt lower-priority services. This ensures the access success rate of high-priority services.
l
Transport overbooking Transport overbooking allows the sum of the maximum rates of all admitted services to exceed the total transport bandwidth, maximizing the number of services admitted. Transport overbooking supports physical ports and transport resource groups.
l
Transport load reporting When an eNodeB needs to exchange MLB information with other eNodeBs, the transport layer reports the load status to the radio interface load balancing algorithm, which then sends the information to other eNodeBs over the X2 interface for load balancing.
l Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Transport overload control Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
When a network is overloaded, transport overload control releases the resources of lowpriority services to ensure the quality and transmission stability of high-priority services.
2.4.3 Transport Congestion Control Transport congestion control improves the quality of the transport network when the quality fluctuates frequently. Transport congestion control involves transport differentiated flow control and transport dynamic flow control. Table 2-4 describes the usage scenarios for transport congestion control and algorithms used to implement transport congestion control. Table 2-4 Usage scenarios for transport congestion control and corresponding algorithms
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Usage Scenario
Level 1 Algorithm
Level 2 Algorithm
Description
Congestion on the interface boards in an eNodeB
Transport differentiated flow control
Traffic shaping
Traffic shaping covers transport resource groups and physical ports. By using traffic shaping, TX traffic in the uplink is limited to the configured bandwidth.
Physical port scheduling
The ports use Weighted Round Robin (WRR) for resource scheduling to ensure fairness and differentiation among weighted transport resource groups.
Scheduling on transport resource groups
Both priority queuing (PQ) scheduling and non-PQ scheduling are used for each queue in a transport resource group. In non-PQ scheduling mode, WRR is used.
Back-pressure
Back-pressure preferentially schedules non-flow-controllable services to ensure their service quality and limits the rates of non-real-time services to differentiate bandwidth allocation among non-real-time services.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
Usage Scenario
Level 1 Algorithm
Level 2 Algorithm
Description
Congestion in the network outside an eNodeB
Transport dynamic flow control
IP PM
IP PM monitors end-to-end network performance to obtain network quality information such as traffic volume, packet loss rate, and delay variation. IP PM enhances system maintainability and testability and improves system performance.
Dynamic bandwidth adjustment
Dynamic bandwidth adjustment estimates the bottleneck bandwidth and sends the bandwidth information to the transport differentiated flow control algorithm and transport admission control algorithm.
Implementing transport dynamic flow control can cause bandwidth change to each transport resource group, which may lead to congestion in the eNodeB interface boards. Therefore, transport differentiated flow control must be implemented along with transport dynamic flow control.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
3.1 Overview TRM involves configurations of transport resources including physical ports, transport resource groups, IP paths, and endpoints. TRM aims to provide differentiated services by implementing configurations and management of transport resources based on service QoS requirements. The relationships among the objects to be configured for TRM are as follows: l
A transport resource group can be mapped to only one physical port while a physical port can contain multiple transport resource groups.
l
When IP paths are configured, the eNodeB works in link mode. When endpoints are configured, the eNodeB works in endpoint mode. –
In link mode, an IP path can be configured in only one transport resource group, while a transport resource group can contain multiple IP paths.
–
In endpoint mode, one endpoint group can only be added to one transport resource group of a physical port; similarly, one peer endpoint can only be added to one transport resource group of a physical port. NOTE
For details about link and endpoint modes, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
3.2 Physical Ports The physical ports of an eNodeB are the FE/GE, E1/T1, and 10GE ports on the LMPT, UMPT, and UCCU. For details, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description and USU3910-based Multi-BBU Association Feature Parameter Description.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
3.3 Transport Resource Groups If physical ports are configured, the eNodeB can start working and process services. However, it may encounter problems in transport bandwidth management in the following situations: l
In a mesh network, a physical port of an eNodeB is connected to multiple nodes such as a mobility management entity (MME), an S-GW, and another eNodeB. The bandwidths of these nodes are not shared. To address this problem, the bandwidths are separately managed for each node.
l
When base stations are cascaded, the data of a base station and the data forwarded by this base station to/from lower-level base stations share the same physical port. To ensure bandwidth allocation fairness between the two types of data, the bandwidths are separately managed for each type of data.
l
In RAN sharing mode, multiple operators share the bandwidths of an eNodeB. To achieve dynamic bandwidth sharing and ensure fair allocation of bandwidth among the operators, the bandwidths are separately managed for each operator.
To meet the requirements in the preceding situations, transport resource groups are configured for eNodeBs. When transmitted from a service processing board to an interface board, a data stream first enters a transport resource group and then enters a physical port. A transport resource group carries a set of data streams, which may include: l
Local data This type of data involves the control plane, user plane, operation and maintenance (OM), and IP clock services.
l
Passing-by data This type of data does not differentiate the control plane and user plane.
The eNodeB manages transport bandwidths based on transport resource groups by means of bandwidth configuration, admission control, and flow control.
3.3.1 Transport Resource Group Types Traffic shaping, admission control, and flow control can be performed on transport resource groups. Transport resource groups are classified into the following types: l
Default transport resource group Each physical port has a default group. Users do not need to create the default group. Users can modify the properties of a default transport resource group.
l
Dedicated transport resource group This type of group is created by users. The RSCGRP.PT parameter specifies the number of a physical port. Each dedicated group corresponds to only one physical port.
Users can set the single-rate mode or dual-rate mode for default and dedicated transport resource groups. In single-rate mode, users can configure transmit and receive bandwidths by setting the RSCGRP.TXBW and RSCGRP.RXBW parameters, respectively. In dual-rate mode, users can configure the CIR and PIR, as described in Table 3-1. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Table 3-1 Dual-rate configuration Rate Mode
Description
Parameter
CIR
Committed information rate
RSCGRP.TXCIR and RSCGRP.RXCIR
PIR
Peak information rate, which is greater than or equal to the CIR
RSCGRP.TXPIR and RSCGRP.RXPIR
NOTE
If the default transport resource group is used and the properties of the group are not manually modified, the group implements scheduling and traffic shaping based on the bandwidth that actually takes effect.
3.3.2 Mapping Rules and Applications After being configured, transport resource groups must be mapped to data flows. The mapping rules are as follows: l
l
Local user plane data uses either the default or dedicated group. –
If the link mode is required, users can add an IPPATH MO to specify a transport resource group for local user plane data.
–
If the endpoint mode is required, users can run the ADD EP2RSCGRP command to specify a transport resource group for local user plane data.
Control plane, OM, IP clock, and passing-by data use the default group if the group type is not specified. Users can also configure dedicated groups for these data types based on the destination IP addresses by running the ADD IP2RSCGRP command. In this case, the dedicated groups implement only traffic shaping but no admission control or flow control.
The same transport resource group can be allocated to both the S1 interface and the X2 interface. In cloud BB scenarios, it is recommended that the eX2 interface be mapped to a transport resource group different than that for the S1/X2 interface. This way, the eNodeB can ensure the bandwidth allocation fairness between the eX2 and S1/X2 interfaces by scheduling different transport resource groups. If the eX2 and S1/X2 interfaces share a transport resource group, data over the eX2 interface will preempt the bandwidth occupied by data over the S1/X2 interface when the uplink transport bandwidth is limited. An eNodeB cannot implement flow control on passing-by data in co-transmission scenario. If local data and passing-by data share a transport resource group, the passing-by data preempts the bandwidth occupied by the local data when the uplink transport bandwidth is limited. Therefore, it is recommended that different transport resource groups be specified for local data and passing-by data. Then, the eNodeB can ensure the bandwidth allocation fairness between local data and passing-by data by scheduling different transport resource groups. In RAN sharing mode, the eNodeB implements uplink bandwidth sharing by mapping each operator to a transport resource group. The method used for scheduling the transport resource groups of a physical port depends on the rate mode, as described in Table 3-2. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Table 3-2 Methods for scheduling the transport resource groups of a physical port Rate Mode
Scheduling Weight Switch Setting
Scheduling Method
Single-rate mode
GTRANSPARA.LPS CHSW is set to ENABLE(Enable).
WRR is used. The WRR weight of a transport resource group is equal to the scheduling weight specified by RSCGRP.WEIGHT for this group.
GTRANSPARA.LPS CHSW is set to DISABLE(Disable).
WRR is used. The WRR weight is positively correlated with RSCGRP.TXBW.
Not involved
The WRR scheduling procedure is as follows:
Dual-rate mode
l WRR schedules transport resource groups whose TX CIR is not satisfied. The WRR weight is positively correlated with RSCGRP.TXCIR. l WRR schedules transport resource groups whose TX CIR is satisfied. The WRR weight is equal to the value of RSCGRP.WEIGHT.
3.3.3 Rate Mode Configurations The eNodeB supports both single-rate and dual-rate modes. Users can select a rate mode by setting the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGTYPE parameter. Table 3-3 describes the configurations of these rate modes. Table 3-3 Configurations of the rate modes
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Configuration Item
Single-Rate Mode
Dual-rate Mode
Bandwidth mode
TX bandwidth specified by the RSCGRP.TXBW parameter and RX bandwidth specified by the RSCGRP.RXBW parameter
l TX CIR bandwidth specified by the RSCGRP.TXCIR parameter and TX PIR bandwidth specified by the RSCGRP.TXPIR parameter l RX CIR bandwidth specified by the RSCGRP.RXCIR parameter and RX PIR bandwidth specified by the RSCGRP.RXPIR parameter
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Configuration Item
Single-Rate Mode
Dual-rate Mode
Configuration requirement
None
l The RSCGRP.TXCIR value of each transport resource group is less than or equal to the RSCGRP.TXPIR parameter. l The RSCGRP.RXCIR value of each transport resource group is less than or equal to the RSCGRP.RXPIR parameter. l The sum of the RSCGRP.TXCIR values of all the transport resource groups is less than or equal to the bandwidth of the physical port. The bandwidth of the physical port is the smaller value between the actual rate of the physical port and the LR.CIR value. l The sum of the RSCGRP.RXCIR values of all the transport resource groups is less than or equal to the bandwidth of the physical port. The bandwidth of the physical port is the smaller value between the actual rate of the physical port and the LR.DLCIR value.
Method for scheduling transport resource groups
For details, see Table 3-2.
For details, see Table 3-2.
Traffic shaping method
Traffic shaping is based on RSCGRP.TXBW.
Traffic shaping is based on RSCGRP.TXPIR.
Transport load control method
The sum of the transport loads of all services using the same transport resource group does not exceed the rate of this group.
l The sum of the transport loads of all non-flow-controllable services using the same transport resource group does not exceed the CIR bandwidth of this group. l The sum of the transport loads of all services using the same transport resource group does not exceed the CIR bandwidth of this group.
If the eNodeB works in dual-rate mode, the dual-rate mode bandwidths can better match actual bandwidths. To prevent packet loss on the transport network, this mode also ensures that the total bandwidth used by non-flow-controllable services does not exceed the CIR.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
3.4 IP Paths If the eNodeB needs to work in link mode, IP paths must be configured to carry local userplane data and specific transport resource groups must be allocated for the user-plane data. IP paths are classified into two types based on whether DSCPs are considered, as described in Table 3-4. Table 3-4 IP path DSCPs Are Considered
IP Path Type
Description
No
ANY
This type of IP path is defined based on the local IP address (IPPATH.LOCALIP) and peer IP address (IPPATH.PEERIP) of packets.
Yes
FIXED
This type of IP path is defined based on the local IP address (IPPATH.LOCALIP), peer IP address (IPPATH.PEERIP), and DSCPs of packets.
The following parameters are used to add an IP path and assign it to a transport resource group: l
IPPATH.LOCALIP: local IP address
l
IPPATH.PEERIP: peer IP address
l
IPPATH.PATHTYPE: IP path type, ANY(Any QoS) or FIXED(Fixed QoS)
l
IPPATH.DSCP: value of DSCP, which is useful when IPPATH.PATHTYPE is set to FIXED(FIXED QOS)
l
IPPATH.RSCGRPID: ID of the transport resource group to which the IP path is assigned. Note that each IP path can be assigned to only one group. This parameter takes effect only when the IPPATH.JNRSCGRP parameter is set to ENABLE(Enable). When the IPPATH.JNRSCGRP parameter is set to DISABLE(Disable), the IP path is assigned to the default transport resource group.
Any two IP paths cannot have the same combination of IPPATH.LOCALIP, IPPATH.PEERIP, and IPPATH.DSCP.
3.5 Endpoints An endpoint is used to set up a transport link in endpoint mode. The source port of an endpoint is configured in MOs such as SCTPHOST, SCTPPEER, USERPLANEHOST, Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
and USERPLANEPEER. Control-plane and user-plane transport links can be automatically set up at the local end using the destination port information included in a signaling message and the source port information. For details, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
3.6 DiffServ QoS 3.6.1 QoS Objectives Service Quality Requirements The interface boards of the eNodeB transmit the data for the following services: l
Control plane and user plane services on the S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces For details, see 3GPP TS 23.401 and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
l
Operation and maintenance (OM) services
l
IP clock services
l
Co-transmission services (bypass data flows)
Table 3-5 describes the quality requirements for these services. Table 3-5 Service quality requirements Service Type User plane servi ces
Realtime services
GBR services with a QCI of 1 to 4
Quality Requirement
Description
The required bandwidths must be guaranteed.
The packet loss rate must be controlled and increased delay due to high buffer data volumes must be avoided. If not, service quality may deteriorate significantly. For details, see 3GPP TS 23.401.
Non-flowcontrollable services in non-GBR services, including services with a QCI of 5 by default
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Service Type Nonrealtime services
Flowcontrollable services in non-GBR services, including services with a QCI of 6 to 9 by default
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Quality Requirement
Description
Min_GBR must be guaranteed.
When the bandwidth resource is insufficient, service throughput can be decreased and data can be buffered with the basic quality of non-real-time services guaranteed.
It is specified by the following parameters: StandardQci.UlMinGbr, ExtendedQci.UlMinGbr, StandardQci.DlMinGbr and ExtendedQci.DlMinGbr
Control plane services
Related data must be preferentially transmitted.
Traffic volumes are low, but these services are closely related to network KPIs. Therefore, related data must be preferentially transmitted and packet loss must be prevented.
OM servi ces
Man-machine language (MML) services
Related data must be preferentially transmitted.
Traffic volumes are low. Therefore, the transport bandwidth must be preferentially guaranteed.
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) services
The priority of this service type is lower than those of other service types.
Related traffic volumes fluctuate. The minimum bandwidth must be guaranteed.
Clock packets and related control packets
Related data must be preferentially transmitted.
Traffic volumes are low. Therefore, the transport bandwidth must be preferentially guaranteed.
IP clock servi ces
Passing-by data services
The eNodeB schedules passing-by data based on DSCPs.
NOTE
The ExtendedQci.FlowCtrlType parameter can be set for services with extended QCIs. For details about flow-controllable services with extended QCIs, see section 6.2 User Data Type.
In this document, a user plane service refers to a service carried on an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) radio access bearer (E-RAB). For details, see 3GPP TS 36.300. The MME informs the eNodeB of the QoS attributes of each user plane service over the S1 interface. The QoS attributes include: QCI, ARP, GBR, and MBR/UEAMBR. MBR stands for maximum bit rate (MBR). UE-AMBR stands for user equipment aggregate maximum bit rate.
Capacity Requirements The capacity requirements are as follows: Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
l
The system ensures service quality while admitting as many services as necessary, but does not affect service quality.
l
The system prevents congestion while providing as high throughput as necessary for bursts of non-real-time services by efficiently using bandwidths.
Differentiated Service Requirements DiffServ is an important technique for ensuring the quality of IP transmissions. TRM provides different service types with different quality guarantee measures. The eNodeB can select different types of transport bearers and transmission priorities for different types of services. Table 3-6 describes the DiffServ requirements for different types of services. Table 3-6 DiffServ requirements for different types of services
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Control Type
Service Type
DiffServ Requirement
Service Description
Flow-controllable services
Non-real-time services
When the required uplink transport bandwidth exceeds the total available bandwidth, the available bandwidth must be preferentially allocated to nonflow-controllable services. The remaining bandwidth is then allocated to flowcontrollable services based on weight factors.
Traffic volumes fluctuate significantly.
OM FTP services
These services have lower priorities than other services. The minimum bandwidths or basic resources must be guaranteed for these services.
-
eX2 services
The DiffServ priority of the S1-U or X2-U is higher than that of the eX2U.
-
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Control Type
Service Type
DiffServ Requirement
Service Description
Non-flowcontrollable services
Real-time services
When the required uplink transport bandwidths exceed the total available bandwidth, the available bandwidth must be preferentially allocated to realtime services.
The total traffic volume fluctuates insignificantly when multiple services are admitted.
Control plane services
Related data must be preferentially transmitted during network congestion to ensure low packet loss rates and short delays.
-
OM MML services IP clock services
3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs This section describes the following features: l
LBFD-003002 Basic QoS Management
l
LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support
IP-based transmission is implemented over both the S1 and X2 or eX2 interfaces. For IPbased transmission over the S1 and X2 interfaces, see 3GPP TS 23.401. For IP-based transmission over the eX2 interface, see eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description. To ensure the IP transmission quality, the DiffServ technique is introduced. By using DiffServ, the eNodeB informs each router on a transport path of quality requirements, which are indicated in the DSCP field in the IP packet header. The DSCP value ranges from 0 to 63. A larger DSCP value indicates a higher scheduling priority for the packet. Figure 3-1 shows the structure of the DSCP field in an Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) packet. Figure 3-1 Structure of the DSCP field in an IPv4 packet
Services are classified and flow control is performed based on the quality requirements for the services before they are processed in the transport network. In addition, the DSCP field in Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
each IP packet is set at the same time. Based on the DSCP field, the QoS mechanism identifies each type of service and its quality requirements in the network. Also based on the DSCP field, most of the nodes in the network perform resource allocation, queue scheduling, and packet discarding, which are collectively called Per Hop Behaviors (PHBs). To meet the requirements for DiffServ QoS and effectively take advantage of the DiffServ feature of the transport network, the eNodeB sets the DSCP in the DSCP field for each uplink IP packet transmitted over the S1, X2, or eX2 interface based on the quality requirements for each service. In the downlink, the evolved packet core (EPC) sets the DSCP fields in IP packets. The DiffServ priority policies over the eX2 interface are as follows: l
The eX2-C is carried by SCTP links and has the same priority as the S1-U or X2-C.
l
Different eX2-U service types use three different priorities, which correspond to QCI 4, 8, and 9, respectively.
l
Large-traffic eX2 services use the priority corresponding to QCI 9 to ensure that the priority of S1-U or X2-U is higher than that of eX2-U.
According to the mapping between service types and DSCPs, the eNodeB implements different DiffServ priorities for service packets transmitted by the eNodeB interface board. Table 3-7 lists the default mapping between service types and DSCPs. Table 3-7 Default mapping between service types and DSCPs Service Type
QCI
Resource Type
DSCP
S1-U/X2-U
1
GBR
46
2
34
3
34
4
34
5
eX2-U
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Non-GBR
46
6
18
7
18
8
18
9
0
4
-
34
8
-
18
9
-
0
S1-C/X2-C/eX2-C (SCTP)
-
-
48
OM (MML)
-
-
46
OM (FTP)
-
-
18
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Service Type
QCI
Resource Type
DSCP
IP clock
-
-
46
NOTE
eX2-U0 carries signaling, eX2-U1 carries high-priority coordination packets, and eX2-U2 carries lowpriority coordination packets. eX2-U0, eX2-U1, and eX2-U2 are taken as QCI4, QCI8, and QCI9 services during scheduling, respectively.
The parameters in the DIFPRI managed object (MO) for mapping service types to DSCPs include: l
Priority rule (DIFPRI.PRIRULE): indicates a rule for distinguishing between service priorities based on applications.
l
Signaling priority (DIFPRI.SIGPRI): indicates the DSCP of packets on the control plane.
l
OM MML data priority (DIFPRI.OMHIGHPRI): indicates the DSCP of OM MML packets.
l
OM FTP data priority (DIFPRI.OMLOWPRI): indicates the DSCP of OM FTP packets.
l
IP clock data priority (DIFPRI.IPCLKPRI): indicates the DSCP of IP clock packets.
For a user data type, the UDT and UDTPARAGRP MOs must be configured with the UDT.UDTPARAGRPID and UDTPARAGRP.UDTPARAGRPID parameters set to the same value. Table 3-8 lists the involved parameters. Table 3-8 Parameters configured for the transport parameter group of a user data type MO
Configuration Item
Parameter ID
UDT
Number of the user data type. The values ranging from 1 to 9 specify standard user data types and those ranging from 10 to 254 specify extended user data types. Standard user data types are predefined, whereas extended user data types must be configured by running the ADD EXTENDEDQCI command. The user data types numbered 1 to 4 indicate non-flow-controllable services.
UDT.UDTNO
ID of the transport parameter group for a user data type. The values 40 to 48 are reserved for standard user data types but not recommended for extended user data types.
UDT.UDTPARAGRPID
ID of the transport parameter group for a user data type. The values 40 to 48 are reserved for standard user data types but not recommended for extended user data types.
UDTPARAGRP.UDTPARA GRPID
Priority rule
UDTPARAGRP.PRIRULE
UDTPAR AGRP
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
MO
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Configuration Item
Parameter ID
Priority
UDTPARAGRP.PRI
Activity factor
UDTPARAGRP.ACTFACT OR
A larger DSCP value indicates a higher priority.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4
4 Transport Load Control
Transport Load Control
4.1 Overview The eNodeB uses transport load control to determine whether to admit an access request or release resources that have been allocated for admitted services, based on transport resource usage. Before performing transport load control, the eNodeB calculates the transport loads involved, that is, the minimum bandwidth required for the services with specific QoS requirements, based on the actual traffic or reserved bandwidths. Transport load control involves the following algorithms: l
Transport admission control
l
Transport resource preemption
l
Transport overbooking
l
Transport load reporting
l
Transport overload control
For details about algorithm definitions, see 2.4.2 Transport Load Control. The eNodeB processes services based on the configured rate mode (single-rate or dual-rate).
4.2 Transport Load Calculation Transport load calculation enables the eNodeB to calculate the minimum bandwidth required for services with specific QoS requirements based on the actual traffic or reserved bandwidths. It is the basis of transport admission control, transport resource preemption, and transport overload control algorithms. Different types of services have different quality requirements, as described in section 3.6.1 QoS Objectives. The transport load calculation methods for these services are also different, as described in Table 4-1.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Table 4-1 Transport load calculation methods Service Type
Real-time services
Transport Load Calculation Method
Description
Admitted real-time services
Transport load = Actual traffic volume on the data link layer
Real-time services requiring admission
QCIs of 1 to 4
Transport load = GBR x Activity factor
Non-flowcontrollable services in nonGBR services, including services with a QCI of 5 by default
Transport load = Min_GBR x Activity factor
Users can configure activity factors for realtime and non-realtime services. For details about activity factors and their configurations, see section 4.5 Transport Overbooking.
Non-real-time services
Transport load = Min_GBR x Activity factor
User plane, OM MML, and IP clock services
Transport load = Reserved bandwidth (RSCGRPALG.TXRSVBW or RSCGRPALG.RXRSVBW)
If there is no user plane, OM MML, or IP clock service, the recommended reserved bandwidth is 0. Otherwise, configure the reserved bandwidth based on the actual traffic volume.
OM FTP services
Transport load not calculated
OM FTP services have the lowest priority, with only the minimum bandwidth. Therefore, their transport loads are not calculated.
To implement transport admission control, transport loads are calculated for each transport resource group. The transport load of a group is equal to the total transport load of all the admitted services in this group. Admitted services consist of real-time, non-real-time, control Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
plane, OM, and IP clock services. The uplink and downlink transport loads must be calculated separately. The transport load of a physical port is equal to the total transport load of all the transport resource groups configured on this port.
4.3 Transport Admission Control 4.3.1 Overview Admission control involves radio resources and transport resources. A service can be admitted only after it has obtained both transport resources and radio resources. Only admission on transport resources is described in this document. Transport admission control enables the eNodeB to apply different admission policies to different types of services to ensure the transmission quality of ongoing services and increase the admission success rate for high-priority services. Transport admission control of the eNodeB has the following characteristics: l
The eNodeB performs transport admission control first on transport resource groups and then on physical ports. Transport admission control is performed separately in the uplink and downlink.
l
A service can be successfully admitted only after both uplink and downlink resources have been obtained successfully. Different uplink and downlink bandwidths can be allocated to a service.
l
There is an upper limit for GBR services so that non-GBR services can obtain resources.
l
Transport admission control is not performed on passing-by data in co-transmission scenarios.
l
The transport bandwidths on S1 interfaces are limited. If excessive services are admitted, service bandwidth requirements cannot be met and service quality will significantly deteriorate. Therefore, transport admission control must be implemented on S1 interfaces. X2 interfaces are used to transmit handover-related data, which requires low traffic and a short period. Therefore, transport admission control is not performed on X2 interfaces.
l
Transport admission control needs to be performed over the eX2 interface because the traffic volume over the eX2 interface is high. After the eX2 interface is introduced in Coordination over Relaxed Backhaul scenarios, the eX2 interface can share physical ports and transport resource groups with the S1/X2 interface. Such sharing requires high bandwidth. Therefore, transport admission needs to be performed over the eX2 interface.
4.3.2 Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups The switch for admission control on transport resource groups can be turned on to ensure quality of admitted services if transport resources are insufficient. Admission control methods vary according to the rate mode, as described in Table 4-2. Users can select a rate mode by setting the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGTYPE parameter.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Table 4-2 Methods for admission control on transport resource groups Rate Mode
Admission Control Method
Single-rate mode Single-ratebased admission process.
For details, see section Single-Rate-based Admission Process.
Dual-rate mode Dual-rate-based admission process.
For details, see section Dual-Rate-based Admission Process.
Single-Rate-based Admission Process Figure 4-1 shows the single-rate-based admission process for the admission of a new service. Figure 4-1 Single-rate-based admission process
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
The single-rate-based admission process is as follows: 1.
The eNodeB determines the admission threshold based on the type of service as follows. If...
Then...
The service is a handover, RRC connection reestablishment, or emergency service
The admission threshold is set to the threshold configured for handover services.
The service is an eX2 service
For the default transport resource group, the admission threshold is set to 70%. For a dedicated transport resource group, the admission threshold is set to the OLC clear threshold.
The service is a service of other types.
The admission threshold is set to the threshold configured for the gold, silver, or bronze service corresponding to the service type. For the admission threshold for each type of service, see section 4.3.4 Configuration Items.
2.
The eNodeB selects available transport resource groups for the service. When a new service requests admission, the MME informs the eNodeB of the S-GW IP address and service QCI. Upon receiving the information, the eNodeB obtains the DSCP used by the service by querying the mapping between QCIs and DSCPs, and then determines the available groups based on the S-GW IP address and DSCP.
3.
The eNodeB calculates transport loads, and then admits or rejects the service based on the available groups. For details about transport load calculation methods, see Table 4-1.
In single-rate mode, the eNodeB calculates the transport loads based on the single-rate admission bandwidths of transport resource groups. For details about the definitions of the single-rate admission bandwidths, see Table 4-7. In single-rate mode, GBR services take precedence over non-GBR services, without using up all resources. The eNodeB processes non-GBR services after it has processed all GBR services. If...
Then...
The service is a GBR service
The eNodeB first admits the service based on the GBR service admission threshold if the following condition is met: [(Sum of the transport loads of the GBR services admitted to the transport resource group + Transport load of the new service)/Single-rate admission bandwidth of the transport resource group] < GBR service admission threshold Then the eNodeB admits the service based on the corresponding admission threshold (see Table 4-4) if the following condition is met: [(Sum of the transport loads of all the services admitted to the transport resource group + Transport load of the new service)/Single-rate admission bandwidth of the transport resource group] < Service admission threshold
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
If...
Then...
The service is a nonGBR service
If the default activity factor 0 is reserved for non-GBR services, indicating that no bandwidth needs to be reserved, the eNodeB can admit the nonGBR services directly. The eNodeB admits other services based on the corresponding admission threshold (see Table 4-4) if the following condition is met: [(Sum of the transport loads of all the services admitted to the transport resource group + Transport load of the new service)/Single-rate admission bandwidth of the transport resource group] < Service admission threshold
Dual-Rate-based Admission Process Figure 4-2 shows the dual-rate-based admission process for the admission of a new service, which is applicable to the uplink and downlink.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Figure 4-2 Dual-rate-based admission process
The dual-rate-based admission process is as follows: 1.
The eNodeB determines the admission threshold based on the type of service. For the admission threshold for each type of service, see section 4.3.4 Configuration Items.
2.
The eNodeB selects available transport resource groups for the service. When a new service requests admission, the MME informs the eNodeB of the S-GW IP address and
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
service QCI. Upon receiving the information, the eNodeB obtains the DSCP used by the service by querying the mapping between QCIs and DSCPs, and then determines the available groups based on the S-GW IP address and DSCP. 3.
The eNodeB calculates the transport loads, and then admits or rejects the service based on the available transport resource groups. For details about transport load calculation methods, see Table 4-1.
l
The eNodeB decides whether the service is a non-flow-controllable service.
If...
Then...
The service is a non-flowcontrollable service
l The eNodeB first admits the service based on the CIR admission bandwidth if the following condition is met: [(Sum of the transport loads of the non-flow-controllable services admitted to the transport resource group + Transport load of the new service)/CIR admission bandwidth of the transport resource group] < Service admission threshold l Then the eNodeB admits the service based on the PIR admission bandwidth if the following condition is met: [(Sum of the transport loads admitted to the transport resource group + Transport load of the new service)/PIR admission bandwidth of the transport resource group] < Service admission threshold
The service is a flow-controllable service
The eNodeB admits a non-eX2 service based on the PIR admission bandwidth if the following condition is met: The eNodeB admits an eX2 service based on the PIR admission bandwidth and the following admission thresholds: For the default transport resource group, the admission threshold is set to 70%. For a dedicated transport resource group, the admission threshold is set to the OLC clear threshold.
NOTE
The eNodeB admits only non-flow-controllable services based on the CIR admission bandwidth. Nonflow-controllable services may experience packet loss if the available bandwidth is lower than the CIR admission bandwidth. Therefore, the bandwidth for non-flow-controllable services must be lower than the CIR admission bandwidth.
l
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
The eNodeB decides whether the service is a GBR service.
If...
Then...
The service is a GBR service
The eNodeB admits the service based on the admission threshold for GBR services if the following condition is met:
The service is a non-GBR service
The eNodeB admits the service directly.
[(Sum of the transport loads of the GBR services admitted to the transport resource group + Transport load of the new service)/PIR admission bandwidth of the transport resource group] < GBR service admission threshold
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
4.3.3 Admission Control on Physical Ports Users can turn on the admission control switch of a physical port during physical port overbooking. This prevents the total transport load on all the transport resource groups from exceeding the bandwidth capacity of the physical port. The admission control process on a physical port is as follows: 1.
The eNodeB calculates the transport loads on the physical port, as described in Table 4-3. Table 4-3 Calculation of the transport loads on the physical port Configuration Item
Transport Load Calculation
Physical port
The transport load is calculated as the sum of the transport loads on all the transport resource groups configured on the physical port.
Transport resource group
The transport load is calculated as the sum of the transport loads of the non-flow-controllable services, the transport loads of the flow-controllable services, and the reserved bandwidth of the transport resource group.
NOTE
In cascading scenarios, the transport load on the transport resource group configured for the data flows of lower-level eNodeBs can be determined by the fixed bandwidth reserved for this group.
2.
The eNodeB determines the uplink or downlink admission bandwidth of the physical port. If...
Then...
The limited rate (LR) bandwidth is configured for the physical port
The admission bandwidth of the physical port is the smaller value between the LR bandwidth and actual bandwidth of the physical port. NOTE The LR bandwidth can be the LR.CIR bandwidth (in the uplink) or LR.DLCIR bandwidth (in the downlink).
The LR bandwidth is not configured for the physical port
3.
The admission bandwidth of the physical port is the actual bandwidth of the physical port.
The eNodeB performs admission control on transport resource groups first and then on physical ports. Admission control on physical ports is the same as that on transport resource groups in the single-rate-based admission process.
4.3.4 Configuration Items To ensure higher admission success rate of high-priority services, the admission threshold for high-priority services must be higher than or equal to that for common services. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Table 4-4 lists the configuration items for transport admission control, which is performed by the eNodeB. Table 4-4 Configuration items for transport admission control Configuration Item
Uplink Parameter
Downlink Parameter
Admission control switch of a transport resource group
TACALG.RSCGRPULCACSW ITCH
TACALG.RSCGRPDLCACSW ITCH
Admission control switch of a physical port
TACALG.PORTULCACSW
TACALG.PORTDLCACSW
Admission threshold for handover services
TACALG.TRMULHOCACTH
TACALG.TRMDLHOCACTH
Admission threshold for new gold-type services
TACALG.TRMULGOLDCAC TH
TACALG.TRMDLGOLDCAC TH
Admission threshold for new silver-type services
TACALG.TRMULSILVERCA CTH
TACALG.TRMDLSILVERCA CTH
Admission threshold for new bronze-type services
TACALG.TRMULBRONZEC ACTH
TACALG.TRMDLBRONZEC ACTH
Admission threshold for GBR services
TACALG.TRMULGBRCACT H
TACALG.TRMDLGBRCACT H
Admission control switch of emergency services
TACALG.EMCTACPSW
TACALG.EMCTACPSW
OLC clear threshold
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCREL TH
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCREL TH
NOTE
When the switch is turned on, emergency services are admitted successfully without any restrictions. When the switch is turned off, emergency services are admitted if the bandwidth congestion rate is less than the admission thresholds for handover services, as listed in Table 4-4.
4.4 Transport Resource Preemption
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
4.4.1 Overview This document describes only transport resource preemption. For details about radio resource preemption, see Admission and Congestion Control Feature Parameter Description. After the preemption relationships between services and between UEs are configured, a new service that is initially rejected can preempt lower-priority services. The ARP IE of a service includes the following fields: l
Priority Level: indicates the priority of this service.
l
Preemption Capability: indicates whether this service can preempt transport resources from other services.
l
Preemption Vulnerability: indicates whether transport resources for this service can be preempted.
When the TACALG.TRMULPRESW or TACALG.TRMDLPRESW parameter is set to ON(On), if a new service fails in transport admission and the preemption capability field in the ARP specified that the service can be preempted, it preempts resources from other services that are in the same transport resource group as itself. The eNodeB performs uplink and downlink resource preemption separately but in the same manner. Transport resource preemption processes vary according to the rate mode, as described in Table 4-5. Table 4-5 Transport resource preemption processes Rate Mode
Preemption Process
Single-rate mode
Single-rate-based preemption process. For details, see section 4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process.
Dual-rate mode
Dual-rate-based preemption process. For details, see section 4.4.3 Dual-Rate-based Preemption Process.
4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process If a new service fails to be initially admitted and it can preempt other services (which is indicated by the preemption capability field), it performs a single-rate-based preemption, as shown in Figure 4-3.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Figure 4-3 Single-rate-based preemption process
The single-rate-based preemption process is as follows: 1.
2. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
The eNodeB determines the services to be preempted as follows. If...
Then...
The admission fails because the resource usage of GBR services has reached the upper limit
The new service attempts to preempt the preemptable resources used by GBR services.
The admission fails because of other reasons
The new service attempts to preempt the resources used by all other preemptable services in this group.
The eNodeB sorts the preemptable services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Emergency services can preempt all non-emergency services, including the services with the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the ARP information element (IE) set to "not preemptable." The services to be sorted according to integrated priorities must meet all the following conditions: –
The services can be preempted, which is indicated by the value "pre-emptable" of the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the ARP IE.
–
The services have lower ARP priorities than the new service.
–
The activity factors for the non-emergency services are not set to 0.
Integrated priorities are determined based on ARP priorities and transport loads:
3.
–
ARP priorities are first compared. A smaller value of the ARP Priority Level IE in the ARP field of the service indicates a higher integrated priority and a higher probability of preempting other service resources.
–
Transmission loads are then compared. A service with a higher transport load indicates a lower integrated priority and a higher probability that the resources occupied by this service are preempted.
The new service preempts the resources. The services that can be preempted are preempted in ascending order by integrated priority until the total transport load of all the preempted services is greater than or equal to that of the new service.
4.4.3 Dual-Rate-based Preemption Process If a new service fails to be initially admitted but it can preempt resources of other services, or the new service is an emergency service, the dual-rate-based preemption process is performed, as shown in Figure 4-4. The value "pre-emptable" of the preemption capability field in the ARP IE indicates that the service can preempt transport resources.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Figure 4-4 Dual-rate-based preemption process
The dual-rate-based preemption process is as follows: 1.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
The eNodeB determines the services to be preempted as follows. If...
Then...
The admission fails because the resource usage of GBR services has reached the upper limit
The new service attempts to preempt the preemptable resources used by GBR services.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
2.
4 Transport Load Control
If...
Then...
The admission fails because the transport load of non-flow-controllable services reaches the CIR admission bandwidth of the transport resource group
The new service attempts to preempt the preemptable resources used by non-flowcontrollable services.
The admission fails because of other reasons
The new service attempts to preempt the preemptable resources used by all other services.
The eNodeB sorts the preemptable services. The sorting rules are the same as those in the single-rate-based preemption process. For details, see step 2 in section 4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process.
3.
The new service preempts the resources. The preemption methods are the same as those in the single-rate-based preemption process. For details, see step 3 in section 4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process.
4.4.4 Preemption Scenarios and Configuration Items The preemption scenarios are described as follows: l
If the switch is turned off, after an emergency service fails to be admitted to a transport resource group or physical port, transport resource preemption is triggered regardless of whether the preemption switch is turned on. All non-emergency services can be preempted, including those with the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the ARP IE set to "not pre-emptable."
l
Emergency services cannot be preempted.
l
If the UDTPARAGRP.ACTFACTOR parameter is set to 0 for a service, admission control is not performed on the service and the service cannot be preempted. NOTE
For details about emergency services, see Emergency Call Feature Parameter Description.
Inter-service and inter-UE preemption are configurable. Table 4-6 lists the configuration items and related parameters. Table 4-6 Configuration items for transport resource preemption Configuration Item
Uplink Parameter
Downlink Parameter
Preemption algorithm switch
TACALG.TRMULPRESW
TACALG.TRMDLPRESW
Activity factor for a user data type
UDTPARAGRP.ACTFACTOR
4.5 Transport Overbooking Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
4.5.1 Overview This section describes the feature LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking. Acting as the gain of the transport admission control algorithm, transport overbooking allows the sum of the maximum rates of all admitted services to exceed the total transport bandwidth. In this way, It can admit as many services as necessary. The transport bandwidth on the S1 interface is limited. Therefore, transport overbooking is used to improve service quality and enlarge system capacity. This achieves high statistical multiplexing gains and resource usage. In comparison, neither transport admission control nor transport overbooking is required on the X2 interface because this interface processes only handovers, which involve low traffic volumes and last for short periods. Transport overbooking of eNodeBs is classified into transport resource group overbooking and physical port overbooking. The former implements statistical multiplexing of transport resource group bandwidths based on activity factors. The latter implements statistical multiplexing of physical port bandwidths based on the admission bandwidths configured for the transport resource groups according to the rate mode.
4.5.2 Transport Resource Group Overbooking The eNodeB implements transport admission control on each transport resource group. To implement transport resource group overbooking, Huawei eNodeBs reserve bandwidths for services based on the minimum reserved bandwidth resources (but not based on the MBR or AMBR) during admission control. The eNodeB reserves bandwidths for real-time and nonreal-time services as follows: l
For real-time services that request access to the network, the eNodeB reserves bandwidths based on the product of the GBR (or Min_GBR) value and the activity factor.
l
For ongoing real-time services, the eNodeB reserves bandwidths based on the actual traffic volume.
l
For non-real-time services that request admission or are already admitted, the eNodeB reserves bandwidths based on the product of the Min_GBR value and the activity factor.
The effect of transport resource group overbooking can be adjusted based on activity factors. The activity factor for a type of service equals the ratio of the active duration to the total online duration. During transport admission, a smaller activity factor indicates a lower reserved bandwidth for services and higher overbooking gains. It also indicates a higher probability that too many services are admitted and a lower probability that the quality of services is ensured. Bandwidths are reserved for real-time services based on their actual traffic volumes, which are usually stable but sometimes vary. Variations may cause a transport overload. Therefore, transport overload control is required. For details, see section 4.7 Transport Overload Control. Traffic volumes of non-real-time services vary significantly, and TX rates may far exceed the Min_GBR value, which may cause congestion in the transport resource groups. Therefore, transport differentiated flow control is required to ensure fairness and differentiation among non-real-time services. For details, see section 5.2 Transport Differentiated Flow Control. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
4.5.3 Physical Port Overbooking Multiple transport resource groups can be configured on each port of an eNodeB board. To implement physical port overbooking, WRR scheduling is used among transport resource groups on the LMPT, UMTP, and UMDU. For details about the scheduling weight of each transport resource group, see Table 3-2. In addition, the sum of the admission bandwidths of all transport resource groups can be greater than the bandwidth of the physical port. To enable physical port overbooking, users can set the uplink or downlink overbooking switch for the physical port (TACALG.PORTULOBSW or TACALG.PORTDLOBSW, respectively) to ON(On). The initial admission bandwidth for transport resource groups varies according to the configured rate mode, as described in Table 4-7. Table 4-7 Initial admission bandwidth for transport resource groups Rate Mode
Initial Admission Bandwidths of Transport Resource Groups
Single-rate mode
The uplink admission bandwidth is RSCGRP.TXBW, and the downlink admission bandwidth is RSCGRP.RXBW.
Dual-rate mode
l The uplink and downlink CIR admission bandwidths of a transport resource group are specified by RSCGRP.TXCIR and RSCGRP.RXCIR, respectively. l The uplink and downlink PIR admission bandwidths of a transport resource group are specified by RSCGRP.TXPIR and RSCGRP.RXPIR, respectively.
The uplink/downlink admission bandwidth of a transport resource group is adjusted as follows: l
l
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
If the dynamic TX or RX bandwidth adjustment switch (RSCGRPALG.TXBWASW or RSCGRPALG.RXBWASW) is turned on, the following adjustments are made: –
If the single-rate mode is used, the admission bandwidth is adjusted according to the congestion status of the transport network to ensure that the admission bandwidth does not exceed the bottleneck bandwidth of the network.
–
If the dual-rate mode is used, the CIR admission bandwidth is not adjusted. The PIR admission bandwidth is adjusted according to the congestion status of the transport network to ensure that the PIR admission bandwidth does not exceed the bottleneck bandwidth of the network. The minimum PIR admission bandwidth must be equal to or greater than the CIR admission bandwidth.
If the uplink or downlink overbooking switch of the physical port (TACALG.PORTULOBSW or TACALG.PORTDLOBSW, respectively) is set to OFF(Off), the admission bandwidth is adjusted according to Table 4-8.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Table 4-8 Admission bandwidth adjustment methods for transport resource groups Rate Mode
Criterion
Adjustment Method
Single-rate mode
The sum of the configured bandwidths of all transport resource groups exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port.
The admission bandwidths of transport resource groups are adjusted based on their actual scheduling weights to ensure that the total admission bandwidth does not exceed the bandwidth of the physical port.
Dual-rate mode
The sum of the configured PIR bandwidths of all transport resource groups exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port.
The PIR admission bandwidths of transport resource groups are adjusted based on their actual scheduling weights to ensure that the total PIR admission bandwidth does not exceed the bandwidth of the physical port.
The sum of the configured CIR bandwidths of all transport resource groups exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port.
The CIR admission bandwidths of transport resource groups are adjusted to ensure that the total CIR admission bandwidth does not exceed the bandwidth of the physical port. In addition, each adjusted CIR admission bandwidth must have a positive correlation with the corresponding configured CIR bandwidth.
If the sum of the configured bandwidths of all transport resource groups is far beyond the bandwidth of a physical port, the overbooking gain is high but the probability that the desired service bandwidth is allocated is low. The configured bandwidth of a group is RSCGRP.TXBW or RSCGRP.RXBW in single-rate mode; it is RSCGRP.TXPIR or RSCGRP.RXPIR in dual-rate mode.
4.6 Transport Load Reporting 4.6.1 Overview When the load status information of an eNodeB needs to be sent to another eNodeB, the transport layer reports the information to the radio interface load balancing algorithm. Then, the information is sent to the other eNodeB over the X2 interface for load balancing. After the transport load status is initialized, the transport load status is checked and an associated message is sent to the radio interface load balancing algorithm at regular intervals. NOTE
For details about the load balancing algorithm, see Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
4.6.2 Transport Load Reporting Process The transport load reporting process is closely related to the load control process. Figure 4-5 shows the load control process. The middle status indicates the transitional stage between two states. For example, the transport load in the Middle Status is reported as low before it transits to the HighLoad state from the MediumLoad state, that is, before it reaches the HighLoad trigger threshold. Similarly, the transport load in the Middle Status is reported as high before it transits to the MediumLoad state from the HighLoad state, that is, before it reaches the HighLoad clearance threshold. Figure 4-5 Load control process
4.6.3 Configuration Items Users can enable the eNodeB to enter a different transport load status by setting the parameters listed in Table 4-9.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Table 4-9 Configuration items of the transport load status Configuration Item
Parameter
Load Status
HighLoad
TLDRALG.TRMULLDR TRGTH (uplink)
In the uplink/downlink, if the ratio of the transport load to the transport bandwidth exceeds the corresponding threshold for a specified period, the transport load enters the HighLoad state.
Trigger threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDLLDR TRGTH (downlink)
Clearance threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULLDR CLRTH (uplink) TLDRALG.TRMDLLDR CLRTH (downlink)
MediumLo ad
Trigger threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULML DTRGTH (uplink) TLDRALG.TRMDLML DTRGTH (downlink)
Clearance threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULML DCLRTH (uplink) TLDRALG.TRMDLML DCLRTH (downlink)
In the uplink/downlink, if the ratio of the transport load to the transport bandwidth falls below the corresponding threshold for a specified period, the transport load enters the MediumLoad state. In the uplink/downlink, if the ratio of the transport load to the transport bandwidth exceeds the corresponding threshold for a specified period, the transport load enters the MediumLoad state. In the uplink/downlink, if the ratio of the transport load to the transport bandwidth falls below the corresponding threshold for a specified period, the transport load enters the LowLoad state.
4.7 Transport Overload Control 4.7.1 Overview This section describes the feature LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control. Transport resource overload is a situation where the bandwidths reserved for ongoing services are not guaranteed because of excessive transport loads. During transport OLC, the eNodeB periodically checks whether transport resources are overloaded. If transport resources are overloaded, the eNodeB releases the services that can be preempted and have low priorities to ensure the quality of the high-priority services. Transport overload may occur on the S1 interface in the following situations: l
The transport load of real-time services is defined as the actual traffic. As a result, any fluctuations in actual traffic result in changes in the transport load.
l
The admission bandwidths of transport resource groups change along with the transport network, which results in changes in the transport load. For details, see section 5.1 Transport Dynamic Flow Control.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Transport overload control is not performed over the X2 interface. Transport overload control can be performed over the eX2 interface. In Coordination over Relaxed Backhaul scenarios, if transport bandwidth changes and transport overload occurs, the eNodeB preferentially releases eX2 services.
4.7.2 Transport Overload Control Process Transport OLC involves transport load check and OLC action. The eNodeB periodically checks the uplink and downlink transport loads on each transport resource group in the same manner. Figure 4-6 shows the transport load check mechanism. Figure 4-6 Transport load check mechanism
OLC methods vary according to the rate mode, as described in Table 4-10. Users can select a rate mode by setting the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGTYPE parameter. Table 4-10 OLC methods for transport resource groups Rate Mode
OLC Method
Single-rate mode Single-rate-based OLC.
For details, see section Single-Rate-based OLC Process
Dual-rate mode Dual-rate-based OLC.
For details, see section Dual-Rate-based OLC Process
Single-Rate-based OLC Process Figure 4-7 shows the single-rate-based PLC process. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Figure 4-7 Single-rate-based OLC process
1.
The single-rate-based OLC process is as follows: The eNodeB calculates the transport load ratio of each transport resource group using the following formula: Transport load ratio = Transport load/Admission bandwidth For details about the calculation methods of transport loads and admission bandwidths, see section 4.2 Transport Load Calculation
2.
The eNodeB compares the transport load ratio with the OLC thresholds and determines whether to perform OLC. a.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
If the transport load ratio is higher than the OLC trigger threshold specified by the TOLCALG.TRMULOLCTRIGTH parameter and the state lasts for a specified period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the overload state. In this case, the eNodeB activates OLC. The eNodeB sorts all the non-emergency services whose activity factors are not 0 in the transport resource group in ascending order of priority according to the service release rules in Table 4-11. Then, it periodically releases the resources for these services in sequence until the quantity defined by the TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM parameter is reached. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
b.
If the transport load ratio is lower than the OLC clear threshold specified by the TOLCALG.TRMULOLCRELTH parameter and the state lasts for a specified period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the non-overload state. The eNodeB deactivates OLC.
c.
If the transport load ratio is not higher than the OLC trigger threshold or the state does not last for the OLC trigger interval, the eNodeB does not activate OLC.
Table 4-11 Service release rules Compar ison Sequen ce
Comparison Item
Service Release Rule
1
pre-emptionVulnerability field
Only preemptable services are released.
2
priorityLevel field
A service with a smaller priorityLevel value has a higher priority, indicating a lower probability of being released.
3
Transport load
A service with a smaller transport load value has a higher priority, indicating a lower probability of being released. For details about the transport load calculation, see section 4.2 Transport Load Calculation.
NOTE
To ensure that the S1/X2 interface takes priority over the eX2 interface, eX2 services are preferentially released if the eX2 and S1 interfaces share transport resources and transport overload occurs.
Dual-Rate-based OLC Process Figure 4-8 shows the dual-rate-based OLC process.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
Figure 4-8 Dual-rate-based OLC process
1.
The dual-rate-based OLC process is as follows: The eNodeB calculates the transport load ratios of each transport resource group using the following formulas: –
CIR transport load ratio = Transport load of non-flow-controllable services/CIR admission bandwidth
–
PIR transport load ratio = Transport load/PIR admission bandwidth
For details about the calculation methods of transport loads and admission bandwidths, see 4.2 Transport Load Calculation. 2.
The eNodeB compares the transport load ratio with the OLC thresholds and determines whether to perform OLC. –
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
If the transport load ratio is higher than the OLC trigger threshold and the state lasts for a specified period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the overload state. In this case, the eNodeB performs an OLC action according to the following table. where:
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
If...
Then...
The CIR transport load ratio is higher than the OLC trigger threshold
The transport resource group enters the CIR overload state. The eNodeB sorts all non-flow-controllable services excluding emergency services and services with the activity factor of 0 in the transport resource group in ascending order of priority according to the service release rules in Table 4-11. Then, it periodically releases the resources for these services in sequence until the quantity defined by the TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM parameter is reached.
The PIR transport load ratio is higher than the OLC trigger threshold
The transport resource group enters the PIR overload state. The eNodeB sorts all services excluding emergency services and services with the activity factor of 0 in the transport resource group in ascending order of priority according to the service release rules in Table 4-11. Then, it periodically releases the resources for these services in sequence until the quantity defined by the TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM parameter is reached.
–
If the transport load ratio is lower than the OLC clear threshold and the state lasts for a specified period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the non-overload state with CIR and PIR differentiated, and the eNodeB deactivates OLC.
–
If the transport load ratio is not higher than the OLC trigger threshold or the state does not last for the OLC trigger interval, the eNodeB does not activate OLC.
4.7.3 Configuration Items The eNodeB performs OLC for each transport resource group. Table 4-12 lists the main OLC configuration items. Table 4-12 Main OLC configuration items
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Configuration Item
Parameter
OLC switch
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCS WITCH (uplink)
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCS WITCH (downlink)
OLC trigger threshold
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCT RIGTH (uplink)
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCT RIGTH (downlink)
OLC clear threshold
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCR ELTH (uplink)
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCR ELTH (downlink)
Number of bearers that can be released during an OLC session
TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
4 Transport Load Control
4.8 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs Table 4-13 lists the mapping between transport load control algorithms and MOs. Table 4-13 Mapping between transport load control algorithms and MOs Algorithm
MO
Transport admission control
TACALG
Transport resource preemption
TACALG
Transport overbooking
UDTPARAGRP for transport overbooking on transport resource groups TACALG, RSCGRP, and LR for transport overbooking on physical ports
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Transport load reporting
TLDRALG
Transport resource overload control
TOLCALG
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
5
5 Transport Congestion Control
Transport Congestion Control
5.1 Transport Dynamic Flow Control This section describes the feature LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control. The transport bandwidth of the S1/X2/eX2 interface changes dynamically in the following scenarios: l
When transmission media such as the x Digital Subscriber Line (xDSL) and microwave are used, the bandwidth of the transport layer may change dynamically.
l
When multiple eNodeBs share the system bandwidth in the scenario of eNodeB cascading or network convergence, the available bandwidth of each eNodeB dynamically changes.
l
When an eNodeB is connected to multiple S-GWs in an S-GW service area, the actual bandwidth between the eNodeB and each S-GW changes dynamically. For details about S-GW service areas, see 3GPP TS 23.401.
In the preceding scenarios, the available bottleneck bandwidth may be lower than the TX bandwidth configured for transport resource groups. If admission control and flow control are performed based on the configured TX bandwidth, network congestion may occur and lead to the following results: l
Excessive services are admitted, and there may not be enough bandwidths available for services.
l
Fairness and differentiation of non-real-time services are not guaranteed.
To address these problems, transport dynamic flow control estimates the bottleneck bandwidth of the transport network based on the transmission quality information provided by IP PM. It dynamically adjusts the TX rates of transport resource groups on eNodeB interface boards to limit the rates within the bottleneck bandwidth. Transport dynamic flow control aims to prevent network congestion and ensure the transmission quality of services when the transport bandwidth dynamically changes. Figure 5-1 shows the IP PM process.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
5 Transport Congestion Control
Figure 5-1 IP PM process
Transport dynamic flow control is implemented by the eNodeB for each transport resource group. This function involves IP PM, transport differentiated flow control, and dynamic bandwidth adjustment. The transport dynamic flow control process is as follows: 1.
The eNodeB performs periodic forward monitoring (FM).
2.
The S-GW responds with a Backward Report (BR) packet after receiving an FM packet.
3.
The eNodeB calculates the delay variation and packet loss rate after receiving the BR packet.
4.
The eNodeB performs bandwidth adjustment for each transport resource group based on the average delay variation and packet loss rate during each statistical period.
5.
The eNodeB performs transport differentiated flow control based on the adjusted bandwidth of the transport resource group.
5.2 Transport Differentiated Flow Control 5.2.1 Overview This section describes the feature LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control. When the bandwidth of the S1, X2, or eX2 interface is insufficient, the amount of data to be transmitted may exceed the transmission capacity of the available bandwidth. Congestion occurs in the following situations: l
On the S1 interface, transport overbooking is enabled. Non-real-time services are admitted based on Min_GBR, but the actual traffic volume fluctuates and exceeds the Min_GBR value. For details, see section 4.5 Transport Overbooking.
l
On the X2 interface, the transient traffic volume of handover-related data is very high because of data bursts.
l
On the eX2 interface, inter-eNodeB coordination data is transmitted and the traffic volume is high.
Transport differentiated flow control provides users with DiffServ while ensuring fairness: l
DiffServ When the transport bandwidth is limited, transport differentiated flow control uses the following policies:
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
–
It preferentially ensures the required bandwidth of non-flow-controllable services.
–
It then applies differentiation to non-real-time services. The bandwidth excluding that reserved for Min_GBR is allocated among users based on their weight factors. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
l
5 Transport Congestion Control
Fairness Packet loss may occur on interface boards during congestion and affect fairness among non-real-time services. For example, a service that establishes multiple Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connections preempts a service that has the same QCI but establishes only a single TCP connection. Transport differentiated flow control ensures that each admitted user is allocated a certain bandwidth based on the priority factor to prevent resource shortage. The priority factor can be specified by STANDARDQCI.UlschPriorityFactor under the STANDARDQCI MO (for standardized QCIs) or STANDARDQCI.UlschPriorityFactor under the STANDARDQCI MO (for extended QCIs).
In addition, transport differentiated flow control also ensures statistic accuracy of IP PM. For details, see section 5.4 IP Performance Monitoring. Transport differentiated flow control is applicable only to uplink data and involves the following algorithms: l
Traffic shaping of transport resource groups This algorithm ensures that the TX rate of a transport resource group does not exceed the bottleneck bandwidth of the network and prevents network congestion.
l
Queue scheduling of transport resource groups Services are scheduled by PQ and WRR based on their weights. Each user has a weight and therefore has a possibility to be scheduled.
l
Back-pressure This algorithm restricts the TX rates of non-real-time services to achieve differentiation.
Transport admission control and transport overload control restrict transport resource occupancy because the traffic of non-flow-controllable services is relatively stable.
5.2.2 Traffic Shaping Traffic shaping limits traffic and decreases the packet loss rate when a network is congested. Traffic shaping aims to limit the traffic and bursts from a connection. As a result, data packets can be sent out at even rates. Traffic shaping adopts the generic traffic shaping (GTS) technique and shapes irregular streams or streams without predefined characteristics to match the upstream and downstream bandwidths. The token bucket (TB) principle applies to the GTS technique. Figure 5-2 shows the TB principle.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
5 Transport Congestion Control
Figure 5-2 TB principle
The token bucket size determines the maximum number of tokens that can be buffered in the bucket. Tokens are periodically generated by the token generator and injected into the token bucket. When there is no token in the token bucket, packet transmission is not allowed. When the token bucket is full, new tokens will be discarded. Based on the TB principle, the eNodeB implements two levels of traffic shaping, which consist of traffic shaping of transport resource groups and rate limiting on physical ports. With these two types of traffic shaping, flow control is achieved.
Traffic Shaping of Transport Resource Groups Traffic shaping of transport resource groups is a traffic rate limiting mechanism. It ensures that the TX rate of a transport resource group does not exceed the admission bandwidth of the transport resource group. To implement transport differentiated flow control, users can set the RSCGRPALG.TXSSW parameter (TX traffic shaping switch for a transport resource group) to ON(On) and then set the token injection rate and token bucket size. The token injection rate and token bucket size in the following rate modes are represented as follows: l
In single-rate mode, the token injection rate is specified by the RSCGRP.TXBW parameter, and the token bucket size equals the sum of the values of the RSCGRP.TXCBS and RSCGRP.TXEBS parameters.
l
In dual-rate mode, the token injection rate and token bucket size are specified by the RSCGRP.TXPIR and RSCGRP.TXPBS parameters, respectively.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
5 Transport Congestion Control
Rate Limiting on Physical Ports Traffic shaping of transport resource groups is performed on the data link layer (MAC layer). Rate limiting aims to limit the total rate of all the packets sent from a physical port regardless of the type of data stream. If an LR MO is configured for a physical port, the eNodeB uses the token bucket to process all the packets sent from the physical port for flow control. If there are tokens in the token bucket, the eNodeB allows burst transmission of packets. This simultaneously achieves flow control and transmission of burst traffic. The main parameters related to rate limiting on physical ports are LR.CIR, LR.CBS, and LR.EBS. The token injection rate is specified by the LR.CIR parameter, and the token bucket size is determined by the sum of the values of the LR.CBS and LR.EBS parameters. The value of the LR.CBS parameter must be greater than or equal to that of the LR.CIR parameter, and it is recommended that the LR.EBS parameter be set to 0. If the buffer of the peer device can reach 1.5 or 2 times the value of the LR.CIR parameter, it is recommended that the LR.CBS parameter be set to a value 1.5 to 2 times the value of the LR.CIR parameter. If the buffer of the peer device is less than 1.5 times the value of the LR.CIR parameter, it is recommended that the LR.CBS parameter be set to a value equaling the buffer size of the peer device.
5.2.3 Queue Scheduling of Transport Resource Groups Queue scheduling of transport resource groups ensures that non-flow-controllable services (including real-time services, control plane services, OM MML services, and IP clock services) are preferentially scheduled. Each transport resource group can be configured with a maximum of seven queues, which are classified into: l
PQ queues: queues numbered from 0 to RSCGRPALG.PQN minus 1, where RSCGRPALG.PQN indicates the number of PQ queues.
l
Non-PQ queues: queues numbered from RSCGRPALG.PQN to 7.
The queues in a transport resource group are scheduled as follows: 1.
PQ queues are preferentially scheduled. A PQ queue with a smaller ID has a higher scheduling priority. PQ queues with low priorities are scheduled only when those with high priorities have no buffered data left.
2.
If all PQ queues have been scheduled, the eNodeB performs WRR scheduling on nonPQ queues. All non-PQ queues have the same scheduling weight.
Service packets enter queues based on their DSCPs. DSCPs and service types have a mapping relationship, as described in section 3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs. Therefore, there is a mapping between service types and queues, as listed in Table 5-1. The priority of queue x can be specified by the PRIx parameter, where x ranges from 0 to 6. Users do not need to configure queue 7. For example, PRI2QUE.PRI3 indicates the lowest priority of queue 3. Table 5-1 lists the default mapping between service types and queues.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
5 Transport Congestion Control
Table 5-1 Default mapping between service types and queues Service Type
QCI
Resource Type
Queue ID
S1-U/X2-U
1
GBR
1
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
eX2-U
Non-GBR
1
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
6
4
-
2
8
-
4
9
-
6
S1-C/X2-C/eX2-C (SCTP)
-
-
0
OM (MML)
-
-
1
OM (FTP)
-
-
4
IP clock services
-
-
1
In addition to the default mapping, users can configure a mapping between service types and DSCPs and between DSCPs and PQ queues to meet the requirements of differentiated flow control. The mapping rules are as follows: l
Non-flow-controllable services enter PQ queues.
l
Flow-controllable services enter non-PQ queues.
Otherwise, bandwidths cannot be guaranteed for non-flow-controllable services.
5.2.4 Back-Pressure Algorithm The back-pressure algorithm limits the TX rates of uplink non-real-time services to prevent congestion in a transport resource group. The eNodeB performs back-pressure on each transport resource group. The RSCGRPALG.TCSW parameter decides whether to enable back-pressure. Back-pressure is not applied to real-time services or passing-by data streams. The back-pressure process is as follows: l
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
The interface board detects that a transport resource group is congested and sends a back-pressure signal to the service board. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
l
5 Transport Congestion Control
The service board buffers data of each non-real-time service separately and adjusts the TX rate of each service. NOTE
The initial TX rate is the result of multiplying UE-AMBR by 1.25. The UE-AMBR value is sent by the MME to the eNodeB. The back-pressure algorithm will limit the TX rate of services. Therefore, when the back-pressure algorithm is enabled, the actual effect of the scheduling weight of transport resource groups may be affected.
Figure 5-3 Back-pressure process for a non-real-time service
As shown in Figure 5-3, the back-pressure process is as follows: 1.
The interface board periodically checks the buffer size of each queue in the transport resource group.
2.
When the duration for the data buffered in a queue exceeds the congestion threshold (RSCGRPALG.CTTH) at moment A, the queue and the corresponding transport resource group enter the congestion state, which indicates that congestion has occurred. The interface board then sends congestion signals to the service board. The service board stops transmitting the data for all non-real-time services in the transport resource group and decreases the maximum data rates of all non-real-time services.
3.
When the buffer size of a queue reaches the maximum value (RSCGRPALG.DROPPKTNUM), arriving data packets are discarded.
4.
When the buffer size of a queue is less than the congestion clear threshold (RSCGRPALG.CCTTH) at moment B, the queue enters the congestion clear state. If all the queues in a transport resource group enter the congestion clear state, the transport resource group enters the congestion clear state. The interface board then sends congestion clear signals to the service board. The service board retransmits the data for non-real-time services in the transport resource group at a rate that is not greater than the maximum TX rate.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
5.
5 Transport Congestion Control
In the congestion clear state, the back-pressure algorithm periodically increases the maximum TX rate by the rate increase step, which is the difference between the TX rates before and after the rate increase. NOTE
The rate increase step of each service has a positive correlation with the weight factor StandardQci.UlschPriorityFactor. For details about the weight factor, see Scheduling Feature Parameter Description.
To avoid impacts of eX2 services on S1/X2 services, the eNodeB preferentially implements back-pressure on eX2 services over S1/X2 services if transport resource groups become congested. When the back-pressure algorithm switch RSCGRPALG.TCSW is set to ENABLE(Enable) in the case of insufficient transport resources, users can turn on the uplink Uu flow control switch UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch under the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.TrmSwitch parameter to restrict UE rates.
5.3 Dynamic Bandwidth Adjustment Dynamic bandwidth adjustment is performed on each transport resource group. The dynamic TX bandwidth adjustment switch is RSCGRPALG.TXBWASW. NOTE
If the endpoint mode is not configured, all IP paths in a transport resource group must be referenced by the eNodeBPath MO before dynamic bandwidth adjustment can be performed on this transport resource group.
Table 5-2 lists the initial bandwidth available to each transport resource group. Users can select a rate mode by setting the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGTYPE parameter. Table 5-2 Initial bandwidths available to each transport resource group on different boards Rate Mode
Initial Available Bandwidth
Single-rate mode
TX bandwidth (RSCGRP.TXBW)
Dual-rate mode
PIR bandwidth (RSCGRP.TXPIR)
The dynamic bandwidth adjustment process is as follows: 1.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
The eNodeB periodically calculates the average packet loss rate of transport resource groups. –
If the average exceeds the RSCGRPALG.PLRDTH value, the eNodeB decides that the transport network is congested and reduces the available bandwidth of transport resource groups, which cannot be lower than the RSCGRPALG.TXBWAMIN value in single-rate mode or RSCGRP.TXCIR value in dual-rate mode.
–
If the average does not exceed the RSCGRPALG.PLRDTH value, the eNodeB decides that the transport network is not congested and increases the available bandwidth of transport resource groups, which cannot be higher than RSCGRP.TXBW in single-rate mode or RSCGRP.TXPIR in dual-rate mode. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
5 Transport Congestion Control
Then, the eNodeB informs the transport differentiated flow control and transport admission control algorithms. 2.
The eNodeB periodically calculates the average delay variation of transport resource groups. If the available bandwidths adjusted based on the packet loss rate decrease average delay variation in this period is greater than the RSCGRPALG.DDTH value, the eNodeB decides that the transport network is congested, reduces the available bandwidths of the transport resource groups, and then notifies the transport differentiated flow control and transport admission control algorithms of the bandwidth adjustment. The adjusted bandwidth cannot be lower than the RSCGRPALG.TXBWAMIN value in single-rate mode or RSCGRP.TXCIR value in dual-rate mode.
Transport admission control ensures that the uplink admission bandwidths of transport resource groups are not greater than the available bandwidths. If the S-GW supports the downlink transport dynamic flow control, the dynamic RX bandwidth adjustment switch (RSCGRPALG.RXBWASW) can be turned on to ensure that the downlink admission bandwidths of transport resource groups are not greater than the downlink available bandwidths. In single-rate mode, the minimum available bandwidth must not be less than the RSCGRPALG.RXBWAMIN value. In dual-rate mode, the minimum available bandwidth must not be less than the RSCGRP.RXCIR value. NOTE
If the increase of delay variation or packet loss rate is caused by deteriorated transport network quality rather than congestion of the transport network, enabling dynamic bandwidth adjustment will result in mistaken data rate decreases. In this case, it is recommended that dynamic bandwidth adjustment be disabled.
5.4 IP Performance Monitoring For details about IP PM, see IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description. This section describes the feature LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring.
5.5 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs Table 5-3 shows the mapping between transport congestion control algorithms and MOs. Table 5-3 Mapping between transport congestion control algorithms and MOs Level 1 Algorithm
Level 2 Algorithm
MO
Transport differentiated flow control
Traffic shaping
RSCGRPALG, RSCGRP, and LR
Queue scheduling
PRI2QUE and RSCGRPALG
Back-pressure
RSCGRPALG
Dynamic bandwidth adjustment
RSCGRPALG and IPPMSESSION
Transport dynamic flow control Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Level 1 Algorithm
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
5 Transport Congestion Control
Level 2 Algorithm
MO
IP PM
IPPMSESSION
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
6 Application Scenarios
6
Application Scenarios
This chapter describes the use of the TRM algorithms in different scenarios.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
6 Application Scenarios
6.1 Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade 6.1.1 Overview This section describes the feature LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade. Flow-controllable services are admitted based on Min_GBR. The actual bit rates of these services, however, may be far greater than the Min_GBR value. Assume that most services are flow-controllable and they are preferentially admitted to transport resource groups on the primary path. In this situation, transport resource groups on the secondary path are used only if there are excessively high loads on the primary path. As a result, traffic volumes on the two paths are not balanced. To solve this problem, the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature is introduced. Services can be allocated different transport paths based on their QoS grade in a hybrid transmission scenario shown in Figure 6-1. In this scenario, two transport paths with different QoS grades are configured between the eNodeB and the S-GW. Services with different QCIs are allocated different transport paths for load balancing. Figure 6-1 Hybrid transmission
As shown in Figure 6-1, IPPATHRT.TRANRSCTYPE is set to HQ(High Quality) and LQ(Low Quality) for the two paths, indicating high and low QoS grades, respectively. The path with a higher QoS grade provides lower bandwidth for a few services with high QoS requirements, and the path with a lower QoS grade provides higher bandwidth for a large number of services with low QoS requirements. This helps operators reduce operating expense (OPEX). In a hybrid transmission scenario, transport resources cannot be configured in endpoint mode.
6.1.2 Process of Implementing Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade When the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature is implemented, service requests are not always admitted on the primary path. Instead, the eNodeB decides whether to Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
6 Application Scenarios
admit a service on the primary or secondary path based on the admission control algorithm for hybrid transmission. This improves transport resource efficiency and user experience. The Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature is implemented on transport resource groups. The process for admitting a service request is as follows: 1.
The eNodeB determines all the transport resource groups on the primary and secondary paths.
2.
The eNodeB calculates the primary path load ratio and the secondary path load ratio using the following formulas:
3.
–
Primary path load ratio = Total downlink transport load of all primary groups / Total downlink available bandwidth of all primary groups
–
Secondary path load ratio = Total downlink transport load of all secondary groups / Total downlink available bandwidth of all secondary groups
The service is preferentially admitted on the secondary path if the following conditions are met: –
Primary path load ratio > UDTPARAGRP.PRIMPTLOADTH
–
Primary path load ratio x UDTPARAGRP.PRIM2SECPTLOADRATH > Secondary path load ratio If the service is not admitted, it attempts the primary path.
4.
The service is preferentially admitted on the primary path if the following conditions are met: –
Primary path load ratio ≤ UDTPARAGRP.PRIMPTLOADTH
–
Primary path load ratio x UDTPARAGRP.PRIM2SECPTLOADRATH ≤ Secondary path load ratio If the service is not admitted, it attempts the secondary path.
6.1.3 Configuration Items The parameters related to Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade are as follows: l
UDTPARAGRP.PRIMPTLOADTH: primary path load threshold for services of a user data type.
l
UDTPARAGRP.PRIM2SECPTLOADRATH: threshold of the primary-to-secondary port load ratio for services of a user data type.
l
The transport resource type IPPATHRT.TRANRSCTYPE carried by different transport paths indicates the type of transport resources carried by routes in hybrid transmission scenarios.
6.2 User Data Type For an extended user data type, the UDT and UDTPARAGRP MOs must be configured with the UDT.UDTPARAGRPID and UDTPARAGRP.UDTPARAGRPID parameters set to the same value. The parameters for configuring the transport parameter group of an extended user data type are the same as those for configuring the transport parameter group of a standard user data type, as listed in Table 3-8. Algorithms and principles for extended QCIs are the same as those for standardized QCIs. Table 6-1 describes the main configuration items of extended QCIs. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
6 Application Scenarios
Table 6-1 Main configuration items of extended QCIs Function
Configuration Item
Configuration Description
DiffServ
Priority rule
DIFPRI.PRIRULE is set to DSCP.
Transport admission control
l Flow control type
Min_GBR indicates the minimum GBR configured for each QCI in the uplink or downlink on the Uu interface. The involved parameters are StandardQci.UlMinGbr, ExtendedQci.UlMinGbr, StandardQci.DlMinGbr and ExtendedQci.DlMinGbr.
l Activity factor l Primary transport resource type l Primary port load threshold l Threshold ratio of primary to secondary port loads l Min_GBR Differentiated flow control
Weight factor for uplink scheduling (ExtendedQci.UlschPriorit yFactor) in the ExtendedQci MO.
None
6.3 RAN Sharing In the RAN sharing scenario, it is recommended that each operator be configured with a transport resource group. Common algorithms are used in this scenario.
6.4 Base Station Cascading In base station cascading scenarios, a separate transport resource group is recommended for lower-level base stations. Common algorithms are used in this scenario.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Related Features
7
Related Features
7.1 Features Related to LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support Prerequisite Features None
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
7.2 Features Related to LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking Prerequisite Features None
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Related Features
7.3 Features Related to LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control Prerequisite Features None
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
7.4 Features Related to LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control Prerequisite Features None
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
7.5 Features Related to LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring Prerequisite Features None
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Related Features
7.6 Features Related to LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control Prerequisite Features l
Transport Dynamic Flow Control requires LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control. When Transport Dynamic Flow Control is enabled, transmission boards in the eNodeB may be congested, and therefore Transport Differentiated Flow Control must also be enabled.
l
Transport Dynamic Flow Control requires LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring.
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
7.7 Features Related to LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade Prerequisite Features None
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Network Impact
8
Network Impact
8.1 LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance DiffServ QoS Support meets different QoS requirements of different services, prioritizing the QoS requirements of high-priority services.
8.2 LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking System Capacity Transport Overbooking enables the network to admit services that would otherwise be refused due to resource limits. Under Transport Overbooking, the sum of the maximum rates of all admitted services can exceed the transport bandwidth.
Network Performance No impact.
8.3 LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance Transport Differentiated Flow Control enables eNodeBs to provide differentiated services and helps ensure fairness among users. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Network Impact
8.4 LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control System Capacity When unexpected overloads occur, Transport Resource Overload Control can be used to enhance transmission stability.
Network Performance No impact.
8.5 LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
8.6 LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance In scenarios where transport bandwidths dynamically change, Transport Dynamic Flow Control can be used to prevent network congestion and ensure transmission QoS.
8.7 LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9
9 Engineering Guidelines
Engineering Guidelines
This chapter provides engineering guidelines for transport resource management.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
9.1 When to Use Transport Resource Management 9.1.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping Physical Ports For details about how to configure physical ports, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
Transport Resource Groups Each physical port has a default transport resource group. Before users modify the default transport resource group or check the performance counters in the default transport resource group, users must add the default transport resource group manually. In link mode, an IP path that is not assigned to a dedicated transport resource group is by default managed by a default transport resource group. In endpoint mode, an endpoint for user plane peer or end point group that is not assigned to a dedicated transport resource group is by default managed by a default transport resource group. In RAN sharing scenarios, it is recommended that transport resource groups be specified for each operator. In cascading scenarios, a separate transport resource group must be configured for lower-level eNodeBs. The lower-level eNodeBs do not share a group with the local eNodeB.
IP Paths If the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature is planned for a network, two transport paths must be configured. Otherwise, only one transport path is required. The Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature requires that a primary IP path and a secondary IP path with different transport resource groups be configured between an eNodeB and an S-GW. Traffic is divided between the two paths to ensure a fair usage of primary and secondary resources. This feature also requires an extra IP address, which is used as the local IP address of the secondary IP path. This feature is optional.
Endpoints For details about how to configure endpoints, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
DiffServ QoS The mapping between services and transport resources is implemented based on the overall DSCP plan to ensure DiffServ QoS. eNodeBs support the mapping function by default. The mapping must be activated.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
9.1.2 Transport Load Control Transport Admission Control If transport resources are insufficient, an eNodeB controls access requests. By controlling access requests, the transport admission control feature ensures the transmission quality of ongoing services. This feature is enabled by default. It is recommended that this feature be kept enabled.
Transport Overbooking As a benefit of transport admission control, transport overbooking can also be enabled. If the activity factor for a type of service is less than 100%, overbooking works. If the activity factor is 100%, however, overbooking does not work. For transport resource groups, a smaller activity factor indicates a lower bandwidth reserved for services and higher overbooking gains. A smaller activity factor also indicates a higher probability that too many services are admitted and a lower probability that the quality of services (such as GBR services) is ensured. Transport resource group overbooking is optional. If physical port overbooking is used, the sum of the admission bandwidths of all the transport resource groups on a physical port can be greater than the bandwidth of the physical port to increase the system capacity. However, excessive services may be admitted. To control service admission, you are advised to enable admission control on physical ports. To ensure that non-GBR services can be admitted successfully and will not be preempted or released when overload occurs, set the corresponding activity factor to 0. Physical port overbooking is optional.
Transport Resource Preemption To reduce service admission failures caused by insufficient transport resources, the eNodeB can trigger transport resource preemption. This feature enables high-priority services to preempt resources of low-priority services. This increases the access success rate for highpriority services but increases the service drop rate for low-priority services. This feature is optional and disabled by default.
Transport Load Reporting The transport load reporting algorithm monitors system transport loads. If transport loads are too high, this algorithm reports the load status to the transport overload control algorithm and the radio interface load balancing algorithm. For details about the radio interface load balancing algorithm, see Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description. Transport load reporting is available only if the radio interface load balancing algorithm is enabled.
Transport Overload Control In a transport resource overload situation, the bandwidth reserved for ongoing services cannot be ensured because of excessive transport loads. The transport overload control feature periodically checks whether transport resources are insufficient. If transport resources are Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
insufficient, the eNodeB releases preemptable services that have lower ARPs and request higher bandwidth. This feature is enabled by default. It is recommended that this feature be kept enabled.
9.1.3 Transport Congestion Control Transport Differentiated Flow Control The transport differentiated flow control feature ensures that the actual traffic volume does not exceed the transport resource group bandwidth and physical port bandwidth. This prevents network congestion and reduces packet loss. If this feature is used, bandwidths are preferentially allocated to non-flow-controllable services. Then, provided that the Min_GBR is ensured, the remaining bandwidths are allocated to flow-controllable services based on the weight factors specified by the StandardQci.UlschPriorityFactor, ExtendedQci.UlschPriorityFactor, StandardQci.DlschPriorityFactor and ExtendedQci.DlschPriorityFactor parameters. Transport differentiated flow control can include traffic shaping, queue scheduling and back-pressure. It is recommended that transport differentiated flow control be enabled.
Transport Dynamic Flow Control In scenarios where transport bandwidths dynamically change, the bandwidths available to bottleneck transmission nodes on the transport network may be less than the TX bandwidths configured for transport resource groups or LR bandwidths configured for physical ports on the eNodeB. In this situation, if both admission control and flow control are performed on transport resource groups based on the configured TX bandwidths, the transport network may be congested. The transport dynamic flow control feature estimates the bottleneck bandwidth of the transport network based on transmission quality monitored using IP PM. The TX rates of the transport resource groups on interface boards in the eNodeB are adjusted dynamically to limit the TX rates within the capacity of the bottleneck bandwidth. Transport dynamic flow control prevents transport network congestion to ensure transmission QoS in scenarios where transport bandwidths dynamically change. This feature increases system overhead and requires that the EPC support IP PM. This feature is optional and disabled by default.
9.2 Required Information 9.2.1 Transport Bandwidth Planned by Operators The transport bandwidth between the eNodeB and the EPC affects the TX/RX bandwidth and the transmission QoS policies of the eNodeB. To prevent packet loss on transport links due to congestion where the transport bandwidth planned by operators is insufficient, users can limit the rate on the eNodeB or limit the TX bandwidth of transport resource groups.
9.2.2 Transport Resource Mapping Transmission QoS planning of an operator must be obtained for transport resource mapping. The planning involves QCIs, DSCPs of signaling and service packets, and VLAN priorities. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Transport resource mapping on the eNodeB side consists of the following: l
Mapping of control-plane packets, user-plane packets, OM packets, and IP clock packets to DSCPs
l
Mapping of user data types to QCIs (including standardized and extended QCIs)
l
(Optional) Mapping of QCIs of user data types to IP paths
l
Mapping of DSCPs to VLAN priorities
For more information, see section 3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs.
9.3 Planning To implement different transport paths, at least two local IP addresses must be planned for the user plane. If two physical ports are involved in different transport paths, the two ports provide outgoing traffic simultaneously. If only one physical port is involved in different transport paths, this port provides outgoing traffic and two transport resource groups must be configured on this port. If different transport paths do not need to be implemented, no special network planning is required.
9.4 Overall Deployment Procedure None
9.5 Deployment of Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping 9.5.1 Process None
9.5.2 Requirements Operating Environment None
Transmission Networking None
License The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in following table. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Feature ID
Feature Name
Model
License Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
LOFD-0030 16
Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade
LTIS0D TPQG0 0
Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade(FDD)
eNod eB
per eNodeB
LOFD-0030 11
Enhanced Transmission QoS Management(FD D)
LT1SET QOSM0 0
Enhanced Transmission QoS Management(F DD)
eNod eB
per eNodeB
LOFD-0030 12
IP Performance Monitoring
LT1S0I PAPM0 0
IP Performance Monitoring(FD D)
eNod eB
per eNodeB
9.5.3 Data Preparation This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for a specific feature deployment scenario. There are three types of data sources: l
Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment
l
Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the operator
l
User-defined: parameter values set by users
Required Data Standardized QCIs and Extended QCIs For details about data preparation for standardized QCIs and extended QCIs, see QoS Management Feature Parameter Description. Transport Resources Parameters related to transport resource configuration are in the following managed objects (MOs): l
IPPATH and RSCGRP These two MOs are basic for user plane data transmission and transport resource management.
l
GTRANSPARA In this MO, the rate mode can be set to single-rate mode or dual-rate mode. Different modes require different transport load control and transport congestion control algorithms.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
l
9 Engineering Guidelines
UDT, UDTPARAGRP, and DIFPRI Parameters in these MOs determine how various types of services are mapped to transport resources. Different QoS priorities are provided for different types of services.
l
IPPATHRT Parameters in this MO specify an IP path route for transport load balancing. This MO along with the MOs DIFPRI, IPPATH, RSCGRP, UDT, and UDTPARAGRP implement the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature.
l
EP2RSCGRP Parameters in this MO can be configured to add the endpoint group containing the local and peer user plane IP addresses to a user-defined transport resource group, implementing the mapping between user plane data and a transport resource group.
Of the preceding parameters, only the parameters in the IPPATHRT MO are scenariospecific. Other parameters are necessary for all scenarios. The following describes how to collect data related to these MOs. l
Global Transport Parameters The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the GTRANSPARA MO to configure the global transport parameters within an eNodeB.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Resource Group Scheduling Weight Switch
GTRANSPA RA.LPSCHS W
Network plan (negotiation not required)
For single-rate mode: l If you set this parameter to DISABLE(Disable), the physical port overbooking switches are turned off, the physical port overbooking switches are turned off, and the total TX bandwidth of the transport resource groups is greater than that of the physical port, then the TX bandwidth allocated to a group is directly proportional to that configured for this group. l If you set this parameter to ENABLE(Enable), the physical port overbooking switches are turned off, and the total TX bandwidth of the transport resource groups is greater than that of the physical port, then the TX bandwidth allocated to a group is directly proportional to the scheduling weight configured for this group. For dual-rate mode: l If the total CIR bandwidth of the transport resource groups is greater than that of the physical port, then the CIR bandwidth allocated to a group is directly proportional to that configured for this group. l If the total CIR bandwidth of the transport resource groups is less than that of the physical port and the physical port overbooking switches are turned off, the non-CIR bandwidth allocated to a group is directly proportional to the scheduling weight configured for this group. In
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
9 Engineering Guidelines
Data Source
Setting Notes this case, the PIR bandwidth is equal to the sum of the CIR and allocated non-CIR bandwidths.
Rate Config Type
l
GTRANSPA RA.RATECF GTYPE
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. The default value is SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate). Set this parameter to DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate) in multi-operator scenarios where more precise TRM is required.
Transport Resource Groups for User Plane Data The following table describes the parameters that must be set in RSCGRP MOs to configure transport resource groups on the S1, X2, or eX2 user plane belong.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Transport Resource Group ID
RSCGRP.R SCGRPID
User-defined
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
It is recommended that transport resource groups be configured separately for different operators. If there is no special requirement for a default transport resource group, this default group does not need to be added. If counters related to a default transport resource group are required, this default group must be added.
77
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Tx Bandwidth
RSCGRP.T XBW
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the actual user-configured transport bandwidth. This parameter specifies the maximum TX bandwidth of the transport resource group. This parameter is used for admission control and traffic shaping. This parameter is valid when the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGT YPE parameter in the GTRANSPARA MO is set to SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate).
Rx Bandwidth
RSCGRP.R XBW
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the actual user-configured transport bandwidth. This parameter specifies the maximum RX bandwidth of the transport resource group. This parameter is used for admission control. This parameter is valid when the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGT YPE parameter in the GTRANSPARA MO is set to SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate).
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
TX Committed Burst Size
RSCGRP.T XCBS
Network plan (negotiation not required)
None
TX Excessive Burst Size
RSCGRP.T XEBS
Network plan (negotiation not required)
None
Operator ID
RSCGRP.OI D
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
This parameter specifies the operator to which the transport resource group belongs.
78
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Scheduling Weight
RSCGRP.W EIGHT
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
TX Committed Information Rate
RSCGRP.T XCIR
RX Committed Information Rate
RSCGRP.R XCIR
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
This parameter specifies the scheduling weight for the transport resource group. This weight is used if the total bandwidth of the resource groups on a physical port exceeds the bandwidth of this port. The default value is recommended.
This parameter specifies the TX CIR bandwidth of the transport resource group. The value indicates a TX rate committed to the operator. This parameter is used for uplink admission control and scheduling of non-flowcontrollable services. This parameter is valid when the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGT YPE parameter in the GTRANSPARA MO is set to DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
This parameter specifies the RX CIR bandwidth of the transport resource group. The value indicates an RX rate committed to the operator. This parameter is used for downlink admission control of non-flowcontrollable services. This parameter is valid when the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGT YPE parameter in the GTRANSPARA MO is set to DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
79
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
TX Peak Information Rate
RSCGRP.T XPIR
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
RX Peak Information Rate
RSCGRP.R XPIR
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
TX Peak Burst Size
RSCGRP.T XPBS
Network plan (negotiation not required)
None
This parameter is used for uplink admission control, scheduling, and traffic shaping of all services. This parameter is valid when the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGT YPE parameter in the GTRANSPARA MO is set to DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
This parameter is used for downlink admission control of all services. This parameter is valid when the GTRANSPARA.RATECFGT YPE parameter in the GTRANSPARA MO is set to DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
NOTE
l For LTE, configure the CIR- and PIR-related parameters of the transport resource groups on the physical ports of the backplane, and use the dual-rate mode. With these settings, LTE implements admission control based on TX CIR, TX PIR, RX CIR, and RX PIR. l If the GSM side manages a GSM/LTE dual-mode base station, set BTSGTRANSPARA.RATECFGTYPE to DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate) and set the dual-rate-related parameters using BTSIPLGCPORT.TXCIR, BTSIPLGCPORT.TXPIR, BTSIPLGCPORT.TXCBS, BTSIPLGCPORT.TXPBS, and BTSIPLGCPORT.WEIGHT for the UTRPc. The parameter settings for the UTRPc enable the scheduling and rate limiting based on RSCGRP.TXCIR, RSCGRP.TXPIR, RSCGRP.TXCBS, RSCGRP.TXPBS, and RSCGRP.WEIGHT for LTE. For details about the preceding GSM parameters, see BSC6900 GSM Parameter Reference.
l
IP Paths for User Plane Data The following table describes the parameters that must be set in IPPATH MOs to configure IP paths on the user plane between eNodeBs and S-GWs or between eNodeBs.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
IP Path ID
IPPATH.PATHID
User-defined
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Join Transport Resource Group
IPPATH.JNRSCG RP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. If this parameter is set to ENABLE(Enable) , the IP path is assigned to and managed by a dedicated transport resource group. If this parameter is set to DISABLE(Disable ), the IP path is assigned to and managed by a default transport resource group. It is recommended that this parameter be set to ENABLE(Enable) to facilitate transport resource management.
Transport Resource Group ID
IPPATH.RSCGRP ID
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter must be already set in the associated RSCGRP MO.
Local IP
IPPATH.LOCALI P
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the local IP address of the IP path. This parameter must be already set in the associated DEVIP MO.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Peer IP
IPPATH.PEERIP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the IP address of the peer network element (NE) (such as an SGW) of the IP path.
Path Type
IPPATH.PATHTY PE
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the DSCP type of the IP path. It is recommended that this parameter be set to ANY(ANY QOS).
DSCP
IPPATH.DSCP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. If the IPPATH.PATHTY PE parameter is set to FIXED(FIXED QOS), the IPPATH.DSCP parameter must be set.
IPMUXSWITCH
l
IPPATH.IPMUXS WITCH
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Use the default value.
QoS Priorities for Different Services The QoS priority must be configured for different services. The priorities of the signaling, OM data, and IP clock packets are configured in the DIFPRI MO. Default values are available for the parameters in this MO, and users can modify the values but cannot add or remove such an MO. The QoS priorities for services with QCIs 1 to 9 are configured in the UDT and UDTPARAGRP MOs. The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the DIFPRI MO.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Priority Rule
DIFPRI.PRIRUL E
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the rule for prioritizing traffic to meet service requirements. If this parameter is set to IPPRECEDENC E(IP Precedence), the eNodeB converts type of service (ToS) values to DSCPs and then prioritizes traffic.
Signaling Priority
DIFPRI.SIGPRI
Network plan (negotiation required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the QoS priority of signaling. The default value is recommended.
OM High Priority
DIFPRI.OMHIG HPRI
Network plan (negotiation required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the QoS priority of highlevel OM data. The default value is recommended.
OM Low Priority
DIFPRI.OMLOW PRI
Network plan (negotiation required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the QoS priority of lowlevel OM data, that is, FTP services. The default value is recommended.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
IP Clock Priority
DIFPRI.IPCLKPR I
Network plan (negotiation required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the QoS priority of IP clock data. The default value is recommended.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the UDT MO. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
User Data Type Number
UDT.UDTNO
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the number of a user data type, which can be set to a value indicating a standardized or extended QCI. The default value is recommended.
User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID
UDT.UDTPARAGR PID
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type. Set this parameter based on the network plan. The default value is recommended.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the UDTPARAGRP MO.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID
UDTPARAGRP.U DTPARAGRPID
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type, which has a one-toone mapping with the UDT.UDTPARAGR PID parameter. The default value is recommended.
Priority
UDTPARAGRP.P RI
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the QoS priority of the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type. Set this parameter based on the network plan. The default value is recommended.
Primary Transport Resource Type
UDTPARAGRP.P RIMTRANRSCTYP E
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the type of primary transport resource in the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type in a hybrid transmission scenario. Set this parameter based on the network plan. The default value is recommended.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Primary Port Load Threshold(%)
UDTPARAGRP.P RIMPTLOADTH
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the primary port load threshold for the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type in a hybrid transmission scenario. Set this parameter based on the network plan. The default value is recommended.
Primary To Secondary Port Load Ratio Threshold(%)
UDTPARAGRP.P RIM2SECPTLOAD RATH
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies the primary-tosecondary port load ratio threshold for the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type in a hybrid transmission scenario. Set this parameter based on the network plan. The default value is recommended.
l
Mapping Between Endpoints and Transport Resource Groups
The mapping between endpoints and transport resource groups can be configured in an EP2RSCGRP MO. If the mapping is not configured, the default transport resource group is used. If the mapping is configured, the specified transport resource group is used. The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the EP2RSCGRP MO.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Node Identifier
EP2RSCGRP.END POINTID
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Use the default value.
Transport Resource Group ID
EP2RSCGRP.RSC GRPID
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Use the default value.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Scenario-specific Data To configure the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature, the UDTPARAGRP, DIFPRI, RSCGRP, IPPATH, and IPPATHRT MOs must be configured. The configurations of the UDTPARAGRP, DIFPRI, RSCGRP, and IPPATH MOs are already described in Required Data. The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an IPPATHRT MO. Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Source IP
IPPATHRT.SRCIP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the local IP address of the IP path route. This parameter must be already set in the associated DEVIP MO.
Destination IP
IPPATHRT.DSTIP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the destination IP address of the IP path route.
Transport Resource Type
IPPATHRT.TRAN RSCTYPE
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Next Hop IP
IPPATHRT.NEXT HOPIP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the nexthop IP address of the IP path route.
9.5.4 Precautions Before changing the TX or RX bandwidth of a default transport resource group, you must add another default transport resource group. Otherwise, the change will fail.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
9.5.5 Hardware Adjustment N/A
9.5.6 Initial Configuration Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-1 in a summary data file, which also contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see section "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB. The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized file, depending on the following conditions: l
The managed objects (MOs) in Table 9-1 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
l
Some MOs in Table 9-1 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the parameters.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Table 9-1 Parameters related to transport resource configurations and mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
RSCGRP
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Transport Resource Group Bear Type, Subboard Type, Bearing Port Type, Bearing Port No., Transport Resource Group ID, Rate Unit, Tx Bandwidth, Rx Bandwidth, TX Committed Burst Size(Kbit), TX Excessive Burst Size(Kbit), Operator ID, Scheduling Weight, TX Committed Information Rate, RX Committed Information Rate, TX Peak Information Rate, RX Peak Information Rate, TX Peak Burst Size(Kbit)
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_ Sharing_Link.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
9 Engineering Guidelines
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
IPPATH
IP Path
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Subboard Type, Port No., IP Path ID, Join Transport Resource Group, Transport Resource Group ID, Path Type, DSCP, Local IP, Peer IP, Transport Resource Type, Path check, IPMUX Switch Flag, Max Subframe length, Max frame length, Max Timer, Description Info
-
GTRANSPARA
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Resource Group Scheduling Weight Switch, Rate Config Type
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_ Sharing_Link.
DIFPRI
Base Station Transport Data
Priority Rule, Signaling Priority, OM High Priority, OM Low Priority, IP Clock Priority
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_ Sharing_Link.
IPPATHRT
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Source IP, Destination IP, Transport Resource Type, Next Hop IP
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_ Sharing_Link.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
UDT
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
User Data Type number, User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID.
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_ Sharing_Link.
UDTPARAGRP
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID., Priority Rule, Priority, Act Factor, Primary Transport Resource Type, Primary Port Load Threshold, Primary To Secondary Port Load Ratio Threshold, Flow Control Type
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_ Sharing_Link.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows: Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs". For online help, press F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration. Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file. Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file. Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary data file into the CME, and then start the data verification. Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management > Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help. ----End
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB. The procedure is as follows: Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration window. Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong. Figure 9-1 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL. Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are displayed in area 4. Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5. Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. ----End
Using MML Commands In endpoint mode, run the ADD EPGROUP, ADD USERPLANEHOST, ADD USERPLANEPEER, ADD UPHOST2EPGRP, ADD UPPEER2EPGRP, and ADD S1 Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
commands to configure transport links for user plane data. For details, see S1/X2 SelfManagement Feature Parameter Description. In link mode, the configuration procedure is as follows: Step 1 Run the SET GTRANSPARA command to set the rate mode for the eNodeB and the scheduling weight switch for transport resource groups. Step 2 Run the ADD RSCGRP command to add a transport resource group for user plane resource management. Step 3 Run the ADD IPPATH command to add an IP path. Step 4 Run the SET DIFPRI command to set the priorities of the signaling, OM, and IP clock services. Run the MOD UDT and MOD UDTPARAGRP commands to set the priorities of differentiated user data. Unless there are special requirements, retain the default values. Step 5 Run the ADD IPPATHRT command to add an IP path route. Assume that the RSCGRP MO required for the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature has been configured in Step 2 and high- and low-quality IP paths have been configured in Step 3. Ensure that two IP paths are added to different transport resource groups. ----End
MML Command Examples SET GTRANSPARA: LPSCHSW=ENABLE, RATECFGTYPE=SINGLE_RATE; ADD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=100000, RXBW=100000, TXCBS=120000, TXEBS=120000, TXCIR=80000, RXCIR=80000, TXPIR=100000, RXPIR=100000, TXPBS=120000; ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, JNRSCGRP=ENABLE, LOCALIP="172.168.1.235", PEERIP="172.169.2.4", PATHTYPE=ANY, DESCRI="ippath 0 for cn 0"; ADD IPPATH: PATHID=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, JNRSCGRP=ENABLE, LOCALIP="172.168.1.35", PEERIP="172.169.2.4", PATHTYPE=ANY, DESCRI="ippath 0 for cn 0"; (Set the priorities of the signaling)SET DIFPRI: PRIRULE=DSCP, SIGPRI=48, OMHIGHPRI=48, OMLOWPRI=14, IPCLKPRI=48; (Set the priorities of differentiated user data)MOD UDT: UDTNO=1, UDTPARAGRPID=40; (Set the priorities of differentiated user data)MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=40, PRIRULE=DSCP, PRI=46; ADD IPPATHRT: SRCIP="172.168.1.235", DSTIP="172.169.2.4", TRANRSCTYPE=HQ, NEXTHOPIP="172.168.0.1"; ADD IPPATHRT: SRCIP="172.168.1.135", DSTIP="172.169.2.4", TRANRSCTYPE=LQ, NEXTHOPIP="172.168.0.1";
9.5.7 Activation Observation Note that: l
An S1 tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l
An IP layer protocol tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l
The methods used to access a cell and set up a dedicated bearer depend on the type of UE. For detailed operations, see the user guide provided by the UE manufacturer.
l
The methods used to inject UDP packets into the uplink and downlink depend on the injection tools and data types. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet injection is used as an example in this section.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping Prerequisites l
The cell status is normal.
l
The eNodeB works in single-rate mode.
l
The QCI of the default bearer for a UE is already determined by the EPC during UE registration. The following activation observation procedure uses the default bearer with a QCI of 9 as an example.
Unless there are special requirements, activation observation is performed in single-rate mode. To set the rate mode for the eNodeB, run the SET GTRANSPARA command. Procedure The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Enable a UE to access the cell, with a default bearer set up for the UE. View messages traced over the S1 interface. 1.
Start a tracing task on the U2000 to trace messages over the S1 interface.
2.
Enable a UE to access the cell, with a default bearer set up for the UE.
3.
View messages over the S1 interface. Transport resource configurations and mapping take effect if the QoS parameter settings for the bearer whose eRAB-ID is 5 in an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message are the same as those in the network plane, as shown in Figure 9-2.
Figure 9-2 Example of an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message
Step 2 Start uplink and downlink UDP packet injection to check whether the mapping between services and transport resources is correct. 1.
Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factor for QCI 9 to 100%.
2.
Enable the UE to exit from the E-UTRAN and then access the E-UTRAN, and start uplink and downlink UDP packet injection at a rate of 5 Mbit/s.
3.
Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check the flow control type for services with a QCI of 9 and the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rates at the application layer.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
4.
Verify that services with a QCI of 9 are flow-controllable and the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rates are 2 Mbit/s.
5.
Run the following commands to view the transport resource mapping and statistics, as shown in the following example command outputs:
l
In link mode, run the DSP IPPATH and DSP RSCGRP commands.
l
In endpoint mode, run the DSP RSCGRP command. Transport resource configurations and mapping take effect if both the following two conditions are met:
l
The non-real-time reserved TX and RX bandwidths are consistent with the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rate for the QCI of 9.
l
The non-real-time TX and RX bandwidths are consistent with the actual rate for uplink and downlink UDP packet injection.
DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0; %%DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0;%% RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded. DSP IP Path Result -----------------Path ID = 0 TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5343 RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5352 Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053 Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053 Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0 Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0 Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5343 Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5352 Transport Resource Type = High Quality IP Path Check Result = Normal IPMUX Switch Flag = Disable (Number of results = 1) DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0; %%DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0;%% RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded. Display Transmission Resource Group Status -----------------------------------------Cabinet No. = Subrack No. = Slot No. = Transmission Resource Group Bear Type = Subboard Type = Bearing Port Type = Bearing Port No. = Transmission Resource Group ID = Rate Unit = Realtime TX Bandwidth = Realtime RX Bandwidth = Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth = Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth = Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth = Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth = Tx Bandwidth = Rx Bandwidth = Tx Bandwidth Used = Rx Bandwidth Used = Tx Bandwidth Usable = Rx Bandwidth Usable = GBR Tx Bandwidth = GBR Rx Bandwidth = Rate Configuration Type = UL Admission Bandwidth = DL Admission Bandwidth =
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
0 0 7 IP Base Board Ethernet Port 0 0 Kbit/s 0 0 5313 1058 2106 2106 10000 10000 NULL NULL NULL NULL 0 0 Single Rate 10000 10000
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
UL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL DL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL UL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL DL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL Realtime Tx Traffic(byte/s) = 674828 (Number of results = 1)
Step 3 Set up a dedicated bearer with a QCI of 3 for the UE to check whether QoS parameters related to the dedicated bearer take effect as planned. 1.
Set up the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 3 for the UE.
2.
View the QoS parameters that the bearer setup request contains in an S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ message. Transport resource configurations and mapping take effect if the result is consistent with the information shown in Figure 9-3.
Figure 9-3 Example of an S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ message
Step 4 Stop UDP packet injection started in Step 2. Start UDP packet injection on the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 3. If the bearer configurations and mapping are consistent with the actual result, transport resource configurations and mapping take effect. Then, start uplink and downlink UDP packet injection at rates of 1 Mbit/s and 4 Mbit/s, respectively. If the UDP packet injection rates are consistent with the traffic statistics, as shown in the following example command outputs, transport resource configurations and mapping take effect. Uplink and downlink GBR services are non-flow-controllable, and real-time traffic is measured by bandwidth. The rates of uplink and downlink UDP packet injection at the application layer need to be converted to the bandwidths of transport resource groups at the data link layer. The queried TX and RX bandwidths are greater than 1 Mbit/s and 4 Mbit/s, respectively. DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0; O&M #92989 %%DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0;%% RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded. DSP IP Path Result -----------------Path ID = 0 TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 1064 RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 4256 Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053 Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 1064 Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 4256 Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0 Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0 Transport Resource Type = High Quality IP Path Check Result = Normal IPMUX Switch Flag = Disable (Number of results = 1) DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0; %%DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0;%% RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded. Display Transmission Resource Group Status -----------------------------------------Cabinet No. = 0 Subrack No. = 0 Slot No. = 7 Transmission Resource Group Bear Type = IP Subboard Type = Base Board Bearing Port Type = Ethernet Port Bearing Port No. = 0 Transmission Resource Group ID = 0 Rate Unit = Kbit/s Realtime TX Bandwidth = 1063 Realtime RX Bandwidth = 4256 Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth = 0 Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth = 0 Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth = 2053 Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth = 2053 Tx Bandwidth = 10000 Rx Bandwidth = 10000 Tx Bandwidth Used = NULL Rx Bandwidth Used = NULL Tx Bandwidth Usable = NULL Rx Bandwidth Usable = NULL GBR Tx Bandwidth = 1063 GBR Rx Bandwidth = 4256 Rate Configuration Type = Single Rate UL Admission Bandwidth = 10000 DL Admission Bandwidth = 10000 UL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL DL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL UL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL DL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL Realtime Tx Traffic(byte/s) = 664878 (Number of results = 1)
Step 5 Check whether the DSCP in the packet sent from the eNodeB is the same as that is configured in the DIFPRI and UDTPARAGRP MOs. 1.
On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management, and then in the navigation tree of the Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > Base Station Device and Transport > Transport Trace > IP layer protocol trace to create an IP tracing task. As shown in Figure 9-4, the Type Of Service value for the UDP packet injection with QCI 3 is 136, and that for the SCTP packet is 184. According to the mapping between types of services and DSCPs, the DSCPs for the UDP and SCTP packets are 34 (136/4) and 46 (184/4), respectively.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 9-4 IP tracing result
2.
Run the LST DIFPRI and LST UDTPARAGRP commands to query the DSCPs of the user data of QCI 3 and signaling.
LST DIFPRI:; %%LST DIFPRI:;%% RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded. List the Differentiated Service Priority Configuration Data ----------------------------------------------------------Priority Rule = DSCP Signaling Priority = 46 OM High Priority = 18 OM Low Priority = 18 IP Clock Priority = 46 (Number of results = 1) LST UDTPARAGRP:UDTPARAGRPID=42; %%LST UDTPARAGRP:UDTPARAGRPID=42;%% RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded. List User Data Type Parameter Group ----------------------------------User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID. = 42 Priority Rule = DSCP Priority = 34 Act Factor(%) = 100 Primary Transport Resource Type = High Quality Primary Port Load Threshold(%) = 100 Primary To Secondary Port Load Ratio Threshold(%) = 0 (Number of results = 1)
The command output indicates that the DSCPs are the same as those traced in the IP tracing task. Therefore, the DSCP settings take effect. ----End
Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade Prerequisites l
l
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Scenarios in single-rate mode are as follows: –
The TX or RX bandwidth of transport resource group 0 is 10 Mbit/s. IP path 0 with high quality joins in transport resource group 0.
–
The TX or RX bandwidth of transport resource group 1 is 10 Mbit/s. IP path 1 with low quality joins in transport resource group 1.
Two IP paths (IP path 0 and IP path 1) are added by running the ADD IPPATHRT command with their QoS grades set to high and low, respectively. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
l
For services with a QCI of 9, set activity factor to 100%, set primary transport resource type to HQ(High Quality), set primary port load threshold to 30% and set primary-tosecondary port load ratio threshold to 100% by running the MOD UDTPARAGRP command.
l
The QCI of the default bearer is 9. The MOD STANDARDQCI command can be used to set the minimum TX or RX guaranteed rate to 2 Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 9.
Procedure The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Run the LST DIFPRI command to query the parameters for DiffServ. Then, record the parameter values. Step 2 Run the DSP RSCGRP command whether the default bearer joins in the transport resource group that contains the primary IP path. If so, the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature takes effect. The following explains why the default bearer should join this group. The Min_GBR is 2 Mbit/s. The load ratio of the group is: 2/10 x 100% = 20% This ratio is lower than the primary port load threshold 30%. Therefore, the default bearer should join the primary group. Step 3 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the primary port load threshold to 10% for services with a QCI of 9. MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, PRIMPTLOADTH=10;
Step 4 Enable the UE to exit from the E-UTRAN and then access the E-UTRAN. Then, perform Step 2 and check whether the traffic that requires the Min_GBR on the default bearer is shared by the secondary IP path 1. After the UE accesses the cell, the expected result is that the load ratio of the transport resource group that contains the primary IP path is equal to 20%, which is 10% higher than the primary port load threshold. If the results of both this step and Step 2 are as expected, the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature takes effect. Step 5 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to restore the parameter settings to the values recorded in Step 1. MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, PRIMPTLOADTH=30;
----End
9.5.8 Reconfiguration N/A
9.5.9 Deactivation Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
feature activation described in "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs" In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 9-2. Table 9-2 Parameters related to transport resource configurations and mapping MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Setting Notes
IPPATHRT
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Source IP, Destination IP, Transport Resource Type, Next Hop IP
Remove all routes for hybrid transmission.
IPPATH
IP Path
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Subboard Type, Port No.,
Remove the standby IP path.
IP Path ID, Join Transport Resource Group, Transport Resource Group ID, Path Type, DSCP, Local IP, Peer IP, Transport Resource Type, Path check, IPMUX Switch Flag, Max Subframe length, Max frame length, Max Timer, Description Info
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Setting Notes
RSCGRP
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Transport Resource Group Bear Type, Subboard Type, Bearing Port Type, Bearing Port No., Transport Resource Group ID, Rate Unit, Tx Bandwidth, Rx Bandwidth, TX Committed Burst Size(Kbit), TX Excessive Burst Size(Kbit), Operator ID, Scheduling Weight, TX Committed Information Rate, RX Committed Information Rate, TX Peak Information Rate, RX Peak Information Rate, TX Peak Burst Size(Kbit)
Remove the transport resource group corresponding to the standby IP path.
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set parameters according to Table 9-2. For detailed instructions, see "Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration" described for feature activation.
Using MML Commands l
To deactivate Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the RMV IPPATHRT command to remove all routes for hybrid transmission. Step 2 Run the RMV IPPATH command to remove the standby IP path, which has a lower quality. Step 3 Run the RMV RSCGRP command to remove the transport resource group corresponding to the standby IP path. ----End Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
l
To deactivate the function of assigning IP paths to a dedicated transport resource group in link mode, run the MOD IPPATH command.
l
To deactivate the function of assigning user plane data to a dedicated transport resource group in endpoint mode, run the RMV EP2RSCGRP command.
l
No operation can be performed to deactivate transport resource mapping.
MML Command Examples l
Deactivating Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade
RMV IPPATHRT: VRFIDX=0, SRCIP="172.168.1.35", DSTIP="172.169.2.4"; RMV IPPATH: PATHID=1; RMV RSCGRP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, RSCGRPID=0;
l
Deactivating the function of assigning IP paths to a dedicated transport resource group in link mode
MOD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE; RMV RSCGRP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, RSCGRPID=0;
l
Deactivating the function of assigning user plane data to a dedicated transport resource group in endpoint mode
RMV EP2RSCGRP: ENDPOINTID=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0;
9.6 Deployment of Transport Load Control 9.6.1 Process None
9.6.2 Requirements Operating Environment None
Transmission Networking None
License The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in following table.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Feature ID
Feature Name
Model
License Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
LOFD-0030 11
Enhanced Transmission QoS Management
LT1SETQ OSM00
Enhanced Transmission QoS Management(F DD)
eNode B
per eNodeB
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
9.6.3 Data Preparation The parameters for transport load control are all scenario-specific.
Rate Limiting on Physical Ports The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an LR MO to configure rate limiting on a physical port, which is the basis of traffic shaping and admission control on this physical port. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
LR Switch
LR.LRSW
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. If admission control on physical ports is required, this parameter must be set to ENABLE(Enable) to limit rates on physical ports. When the bandwidth of a transport network is limited, rate limiting on physical ports is necessary to prevent network congestion and packet loss.
UL Committed Information Rate
LR.CIR
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Committed Burst Size
LR.CBS
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. These parameters are valid when LR is enabled. The LR.CIR parameter is configured for uplink admission control and traffic shaping. The LR.DLCIR parameter is configured for downlink admission control. It is recommended that LR.CBS be set to 1.5 to 2 times the value of LR.CIR.
Excess Burst Size
LR.EBS
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
DL Committed Information Rate
LR.DLCIR
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to configure uplink and downlink admission control switches for specified transport resource groups and admission control thresholds for each QCI. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
TACALG.RSCGR PULCACSWITCH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
TACALG.RSCGR PDLCACSWITCH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. These parameters specify whether to enable uplink and downlink admission control on transport resource groups. When the transport bandwidth is insufficient, setting these parameters to ON(On) will enable admission control over the uplink and downlink based on service priorities. The admission bandwidth for services cannot exceed the corresponding admission threshold.
Uplink Handover Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL HOCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink Handover Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL HOCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Uplink Golden New Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL GOLDCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink Golden New Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL GOLDCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Uplink Silver New Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL SILVERCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Set these parameters based on the network plan. These parameters specify the uplink and downlink admission thresholds for handover services. Their default values are recommended.
Set these parameters based on the network plan. These parameters specify the uplink and downlink admission thresholds for new services, including gold, silver, and bronze services. Their default values are recommended. ARPs are used to distinguish between gold, silver, and bronze services.
104
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Downlink Silver New Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL SILVERCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Uplink Bronze New Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL BRONZECACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink Bronze New Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL BRONZECACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Uplink GBR Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL GBRCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink GBR Service Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL GBRCACTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Setting Notes
Set these parameters based on the network plan. These parameters specify the uplink and downlink admission thresholds for GBR services. Their default values are recommended.
Admission Control on Physical Ports The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to configure admission control switches for physical ports.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Physical Port Up Link Admission Switch
TACALG.PORTULC ACSW
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Physical Port Down Link Admission Switch
TACALG.PORTDLC ACSW
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. These parameters must be set to ON(On) when uplink and downlink admission control is required over physical ports.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Transport Resource Group Overbooking The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO used to configure activation factors for different user types. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID
UDTPARAGRP.UDT PARAGRPID
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
This parameter specifies the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type, which can be set to a value from 1 to 9 and can be queried in the UDT MO. Set this parameter based on the network plan. Unless otherwise specified, retain the default value.
Priority Rule
UDTPARAGRP.PRIR ULE
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
This parameter specifies the QoS priority rule. Use the default value.
Act Factor
UDTPARAGRP.ACT FACTOR
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. The lower the parameter value, the more the admitted services but the more likely that service bandwidths cannot be guaranteed. In eRAN3.0 and later, the default value of this parameter for services with QCIs of 5 to 9 is 0, which ensures the admission success rate for non-GBR services.
Physical Port Overbooking The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to configure physical port overbooking switches.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch
TACALG.PORTULO BSW
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch
TACALG.PORTDLO BSW
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. Their default values are recommended. When physical port overbooking is enabled, the total bandwidth allocated to resource groups over a physical port can exceed the bandwidth configured for this physical port. This makes more efficient use of resources.
Transport Resource Preemption The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to configure transport resource preemption switches.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Uplink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch
TACALG.TRMULPR ESW
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. By default, these parameters are set to OFF(Off). Set these parameters to ON(On) if uplink and downlink transport resource preemption is required. l When these parameters are set to ON(On), transport resource preemption in the uplink or downlink may bring about an increased admission success rate for high-priority services and an increased call drop rate for low-priority services. l When these parameters are set to OFF(Off), transport resource preemption in the uplink transport bandwidth may not ensure a high admission success rate
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Downlink Preemption Algorithm Switch
TACALG.TRMDLPR ESW
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Setting Notes for high-priority services, but this does not increase the call drop rate for lowpriority services.
Transport Load Reporting The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TLDRALG MO to configure transport load reporting thresholds. The system supports load monitoring and load reporting to the transport load control algorithm and radio interface load balancing algorithm. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified. The eNodeB activates transport load reporting if the radio interface load balancing algorithm exchanges load information with other eNodeBs.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Uplink High Load Trigger Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULL DRTRGTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink High Load Trigger Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDLL DRTRGTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. Their default values are recommended. Uplink transport will enter the heavy-load state if the proportion of the uplink transport load to the uplink transport bandwidth has remained higher than TLDRALG.TRMULLDRT RGTH for a period. Similarly, downlink transport will enter the heavy-load state if the proportion of the downlink transport load to the downlink transport bandwidth has remained higher than TLDRALG.TRMDLLDRT RGTH for a period. When uplink or downlink transport is in the heavy-load state, the UL S1 TNL Load Indicator or DL S1 TNL Load Indicator sent to neighboring eNodeBs over the X2 interface is HighLoad.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Uplink High Load Clear Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULL DRCLRTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink High Load Clear Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDLL DRCLRTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. Their default values are recommended. Uplink transport will enter the medium-load state if the proportion of the uplink transport load to the uplink transport bandwidth has remained lower than TLDRALG.TRMULLDRC LRTH for a period. Similarly, downlink transport will enter the medium-load state if the proportion of the downlink transport load to the downlink transport bandwidth has remained lower than TLDRALG.TRMDLLDRC LRTH for a period. When uplink or downlink transport is in the medium-load state, the UL S1 TNL Load Indicator or DL S1 TNL Load Indicator sent to neighboring eNodeBs over the X2 interface is MediumLoad.
Uplink Medium Load Trigger Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMUL MLDTRGTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink Medium Load Trigger Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDL MLDTRGTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Uplink Medium Load Clear Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMUL MLDCLRTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Set these parameters based on the network plan. Their default values are recommended.
109
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Downlink Medium Load Clear Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDL MLDCLRTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Setting Notes
Transport Resource Overload Control The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TOLCALG MO to configure the transport resources overload algorithm. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Uplink OLC Arithmetic Switch
TOLCALG.TRMUL OLCSWITCH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Downlink OLC Arithmetic Switch
TOLCALG.TRMDL OLCSWITCH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. The recommended value for them is ON(On). TOLCALG.TRMULOLCS WITCH is the switch for uplink overload control, and TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCS WITCH is the switch for downlink overload control. When the network is congested due to changes in the transport bandwidth or increases in load caused by non-flow-controllable services, transport overload control ensures quality for high-priority services by releasing resources of lowpriority services.
Uplink OLC Trigger Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMUL OLCTRIGTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the threshold for triggering uplink overload control. When the bandwidth occupied by uplink services reaches this threshold, lowpriority services are released to ensure quality for highquality services.
110
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Uplink OLC Release Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMUL OLCRELTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the threshold for stopping uplink overload control. When the bandwidth occupied by uplink services falls to this threshold, services are no longer released.
Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMDL OLCTRIGTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the threshold for triggering downlink overload control. When the bandwidth occupied by downlink services reaches this threshold, low-priority services are released to ensure quality for highquality services.
Downlink OLC Release Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMDL OLCRELTH
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the threshold for stopping downlink overload control. When the bandwidth occupied by downlink services falls to this threshold, services are no longer released.
Number of Bearers Released During OLC
TOLCALG.TRMOLC RELBEARERNUM
Network plan (negotiati on not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies the number of bearers to be released in an overload control period.
9.6.4 Precautions It is recommended that you set the ARP of the default bearer to the highest priority during subscription. It is also recommended that you set the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the ARP IE of the ARP to "not pre-emptable". Setting these parameters as recommended enables
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
you to avoid call drops due to the release of the default bearer during transport resource overload. Set the ARPs of the corresponding EPC NEs as expected before testing admission control, overload control, or preemption.
9.6.5 Hardware Adjustment N/A
9.6.6 Initial Configuration Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-3 in a summary data file, which also contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see section "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB. The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized file, depending on the following conditions: l
The managed objects (MOs) in Table 9-3 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
l
Some MOs in Table 9-3 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the parameters.
All the MOs listed in Table 9-3 except the IPPATH MO require a user-defined template. Table 9-3 Parameters related to transport load control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
LR
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Subboard Type, Port Type, Port No, LR Switch, UL Committed Information Rate(Kbit/s), Committed Burst Size(Kbit), Excess Burst Size(Kbit), DL Committed Information Rate(Kbit/s)
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_S haring_Link.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
9 Engineering Guidelines
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
TACALG
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch, Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch, Uplink Handover Service Admission Threshold(%), Downlink Handover Service Admission Threshold(%), Uplink Golden New Service Admission Threshold(%), Downlink Golden New Service Admission Threshold(%), Uplink Silver New Service Admission Threshold(%), Downlink Silver New Service Admission Threshold(%), Uplink Bronze New Service Admission Threshold(%), Downlink Bronze New Service Admission Threshold(%), Uplink GBR Service Admission Threshold(%), Downlink GBR Service Admission Threshold(%), Uplink Preemption Algorithm Switch, Downlink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch, Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch, Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch, Physical Port Up Link Admission Switch, Physical Port Down Link Admission Switch, Emergency Call Preferential Admission Switch
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_S haring_Link.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
TLDRALG
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Uplink High Load Trigger Threshold(%), Downlink High Load Trigger Threshold(%), Uplink High Load Clear Threshold(%), Downlink High Load Clear Threshold(%), Uplink Medium Load Trigger Threshold(%), Downlink Medium Load Trigger Threshold(%), Uplink Medium Load Clear Threshold(%), Downlink Medium Load Clear Threshold(%)
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_S haring_Link.
TOLCALG
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Uplink OLC Arithmetic Switch, Downlink OLC Arithmetic Switch, Uplink OLC Trigger Threshold(%), Uplink OLC Release Threshold(%), OLC Release Bearer No., Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold(%), Downlink OLC Release Threshold(%)
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_S haring_Link.
IPPATH
IP Path
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Subboard Type, Port No.,
-
IP Path ID, Join Transport Resource Group, Transport Resource Group ID, Path Type, DSCP, Local IP, Peer IP, Transport Resource Type, Path check, IPMUX Switch Flag, Max Subframe length, Max frame length, Max Timer, Description Info
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows: Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs". For online help, press Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration. Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file. Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file. Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary data file into the CME, and then start the data verification. Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management > Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help. ----End
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB. The procedure is as follows: Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration window. Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-5, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 9-5 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL. Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are displayed in area 4. Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5. Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. ----End
Using MML Commands Transport load control involves configuring the following functions: l
LR on Physical Ports
Run the SET LR command to configure LR on physical ports. This configuration is used for traffic shaping and admission control on physical ports. It also impacts bandwidth allocation of transport resources. l
Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups
Run the SET TACALG command to configure admission control on transport resource groups by setting the uplink or downlink admission switch and threshold. l
Admission Control on Physical Ports
Run the SET TACALG command to enable admission control on physical ports. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Both LR and TACALG MOs need to be configured. If the two MOs are not configured, configure them by referring to LR on Physical Ports and Admission Control on Transport... in this section. l
Transport Resource Group Overbooking
Step 1 Run the LST UDT command to query the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type. Step 2 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to configure transport resource group overbooking by setting activity factors of the user data. Note that these factors will be included in calculations of the bandwidth to be requested. ----End l
Physical Port Overbooking
Run the SET TACALG command to configure physical port overbooking. Physical port overbooking works properly only when the sum of the bandwidths of transport resource groups on a physical port is greater than the bandwidth of this physical port. l
Transport Resource Preemption
Run the SET TACALG command to enable transport resource preemption. This function is triggered if admission fails on a physical port or transport resource groups on this physical port. For this case, assume that admission control on the physical ports and transport resource groups has been enabled. l
Load Reporting
Run the SET TLDRALG command to configure thresholds for entering medium-load and heavy-load states. Unless there are special requirements, retain the default values. Note that the load status is always reported, and therefore enabling the switch for load reporting is not required. l
Transport Overload Control
Run the SET TOLCALG command to turn on the overload control switch and set the thresholds for triggering and releasing overload control.
MML Command Examples l
LR on Physical Ports
SET LR: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, LRSW=ENABLE, CIR=100000, CBS=200000, EBS=150000;
l
Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups
SET TACALG: RSCGRPULCACSWITCH=ON, RSCGRPDLCACSWITCH=ON, TRMULHOCACTH=95, TRMDLHOCACTH=95, TRMULGOLDCACTH=90, TRMDLGOLDCACTH=90, TRMULSILVERCACTH=85, TRMDLSILVERCACTH=85, TRMULBRONZECACTH=85, TRMDLBRONZECACTH=85, TRMULGBRCACTH=80, TRMDLGBRCACTH=80;
l
Admission Control on Physical Ports
SET TACALG: PORTULCACSW=ON, PORTDLCACSW=ON;
l
Transport Resource Group Overbooking
LST UDT; MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=40, PRIRULE=DSCP, ACTFACTOR=60; MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, ACTFACTOR=60;
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
l
9 Engineering Guidelines
Physical Port Overbooking
SET TACALG: PORTULOBSW=ON, PORTDLOBSW=ON;
l
Transport Resource Preemption
SET TACALG: TRMULPRESW=ON, TRMDLPRESW=ON;
l
Load Reporting
SET TLDRALG: TRMULLDRTRGTH=70, TRMDLLDRTRGTH=70, TRMULLDRCLRTH=65, TRMDLLDRCLRTH=65, TRMULMLDTRGTH=50, TRMDLMLDTRGTH=50, TRMULMLDCLRTH=45, TRMDLMLDCLRTH=45;
l
Transport Overload Control
SET TOLCALG: TRMULOLCSWITCH=ON, TRMDLOLCSWITCH=ON, TRMULOLCTRIGTH=95, TRMULOLCRELTH=90, TRMDLOLCTRIGTH=95, TRMDLOLCRELTH=90, TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM=2;
9.6.7 Activation Observation Note that: l
An S1 tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l
The methods used to access a cell and set up a dedicated bearer depend on the type of UE. For detailed operations, see the user guide provided by the UE manufacturer.
l
The methods used to inject UDP packets into the uplink and downlink depend on the injection tools and data types. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet injection is used as an example in this section. NOTE
Anonymization has been performed on S1 interface tracing tasks, and therefore no security risk exists.
Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Run the DSP CELL command. If Cell instance state is Normal, the cell status is normal. Step 2 Run the LST TACALG command. If Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch are On, transport admission control is enabled. Then, record all service admission thresholds. Step 3 Run the SET TACALG command to set the thresholds for gold, silver, and bronze services to 0, and run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to change the activity factor of the default bearer to 100%. Step 4 Start an S1 interface tracing task, and enable a UE to access the cell. If the UE cannot access the cell, admission control on transport resource groups takes effect. Step 5 Verify that the S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_FAIL message contains the cause value "transport---transport- resource- unavailable." Step 6 Run the SET TACALG command to set Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch to OFF(Off). Alternatively, set admission thresholds for gold, silver, and bronze services, or retain the default admission thresholds. Step 7 Perform Step 4 to enable the UE to access the cell. If the result is as expected, admission control on transport resource groups takes effect. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 8 Run the SET TACALG command to restore the parameter settings to the values recorded in Step 2. ----End
Admission Control on Physical Ports The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Run the SET TACALG command to set Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch or Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch to OFF(Off). Step 2 Run the LST TACALG command. If Physical Port Up Link Admission Switch and Physical Port Down Link Admission Switch parameters are On, admission control on physical ports is enabled. To simplify activation observation, you are advised to set Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch and Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch to ON(On). The transport resource group admission algorithm takes effect preferentially, which affects the verification of the physical port admission algorithm. Step 3 Run the LST LR command. If LR Switch is Enable, the LR function is enabled. Then, record the limited bandwidth value. Step 4 Start an S1 interface tracing task, and enable a UE to access the cell. View the QCI of the default bearer in an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message. Step 5 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to query the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rates and record them. Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to change the activity factor of the default bearer to 100%. Step 6 Run the SET LR or MOD STANDARDQCI command. Ensure that the values of the StandardQci.UlMinGbr and StandardQci.DlMinGbr parameters in the STANDARDQCI MO are greater than the values of the LR.CIR and LR.DLCIR parameters in an LR MO, respectively. Step 7 Enable the UE to access the cell. If the access fails and the S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_FAIL message traced over the S1 interface contains the cause value "transport---transport- resource- unavailable", admission control on physical ports takes effect. Step 8 Run the SET LR or MOD STANDARDQCI command to restore the configurations of the LR and STANDARDQCI MOs. Step 9 Enable the UE to access the cell again. If the results in Step 7 and this step are as expected, admission control on physical ports takes effect. ----End
Transport Resource Group Overbooking The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Start an S1 interface tracing task, and enable a UE to access the cell. View the QCI of the default bearer in an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 2 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to query the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rates corresponding to the QCI of the default bearer. Step 3 Run the LST UDTPARAGRP command to query the activity factor corresponding to the QCI of the default bearer. Then, record the value. Step 4 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factor to 50% corresponding to the QCI of the default bearer. Step 5 Enable the UE to access the cell again and run the DSP IPPATH command to query the admission bandwidth of the default bearer. If the non-real-time reserved TX and RX bandwidths are half of the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rates queried in Step 2, respectively, transport resource group overbooking takes effect. Step 6 Restore the setting of the activity factor to the value recorded in Step 3. ----End
Physical Port Overbooking The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Run the LST TACALG command. If Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch and Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch are On, uplink and downlink physical port overbooking are enabled. Step 2 Run the LST RSCGRP command to query the bandwidths configured for the transport resource group. Then, record the values. Step 3 Run the LST GTRANSPARA command to check the rate mode of the eNodeB. Step 4 Run the LST LR command to check whether LR Switch is set to Enable. If the value is Enable, record the limited bandwidths. If the value is not Enable, go to the next step. Step 5 Run the SET LR command to set LR Switch to ENABLE(Enable) and set UL Committed Information Rate and DL Committed Information Rate to their minimum values. With such settings, the uplink and downlink committed bandwidths of the physical port are respectively lower than the total TX and RX bandwidths of the transport resource groups on the physical port. Step 6 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to query the admission bandwidths of the transport resource group. If the values are consistent with the bandwidth values queried in Step 2, physical port overbooking takes effect. l
In single-rate mode, query UL Admission Bandwidth and DL Admission Bandwidth.
l
In dual-rate mode, query UL CIR Admission Bandwidth, DL CIR Admission Bandwidth, UL PIR Admission Bandwidth, and DL PIR Admission Bandwidth.
Step 7 Run the SET TACALG command with Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch and Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch set to OFF(Off). Step 8 Repeat Step 6 to verify that the admission bandwidths of the transport resource group are inconsistent with the bandwidths queried in Step 2. Physical port overbooking has been disabled previously. Either in the uplink or downlink, if the total bandwidth configured for the transport resource groups on the physical port is greater than the limited bandwidth, the admission bandwidth is allocated based on the configured bandwidth and the resource group scheduling weight. The limited bandwidth has been set to Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
the minimum value in Step 5. Therefore, the admission bandwidth of a transport resource group is much lower than the configured bandwidth; the admission bandwidth may be zero. Step 9 Run the SET LR command to restore the parameter settings to the values recorded in Step 4. ----End
Transport Resource Preemption Before verifying the transport resource preemption feature, query and set QoS parameters on the EPC. You can check the S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ and S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ messages traced over the S1 interface for EPC-delivered QoS parameters, as shown in Figure 9-6 and Figure 9-7. Figure 9-6 Example of an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 9-7 Example of an S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ message
NOTE
As shown in Figure 9-6 and Figure 9-7, the priorityLevel, pre-emptionCapability, and preemptionVulnerability fields indicate the ARP, preemption capability, and preemption vulnerability for a specific QCI, respectively. Check the parameter setting definitions with EPC maintenance engineers, as the definitions of the parameter settings vary depending on EPCs. For example, according to parameter setting definitions in Huawei EPCs, the value 1 for pre-emptionCapability means that services with the specific QCI can trigger preemption and the value 0 means the opposite. In addition, the value 1 for preemptionVulnerability means being preemptable and the value 0 means the opposite.
Prerequisites l
The default bearer carries services with a QCI of 9. This bearer cannot be preempted. Otherwise, the UE may experience service drops.
l
If the values of the priorityLevel, pre-emptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability fields are 1, 0, and 0, respectively, this bearer is not preemptable. If this bearer is preemptable, confirm that its ARP is high enough to prevent this bearer from being preempted.
l
For the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 2, the values of the priorityLevel, preemptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability fields are 10, 1, and 1, respectively. That is, this bearer can preempt lower-priority bearers and be preempted by higherpriority bearers.
l
For the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 7, the values of the priorityLevel, preemptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability fields are 11, 0, and 1, respectively. That is, this bearer cannot preempt lower-priority bearers but can be preempted by higher-priority bearers.
l
For the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 8, the values of the priorityLevel, preemptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability fields are 11, 0, and 0, respectively. That is, this bearer can neither preempt lower-priority bearers nor be preempted by higher-priority bearers.
l
The committed bandwidth of a physical port is greater than the sum of the bandwidths of all transport resource groups on this port so that the bandwidths configured for each group are the same as the actual admission bandwidths.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Procedure The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Run the LST TACALG command to check switch settings. Then, record the values. If Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch are On, transport admission control is enabled. If Uplink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch and Downlink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch are On, transport resource preemption is enabled. Transport resource preemption is activated only after both admission control and preemption switches are turned on. To turn on these switches, run the SET TACALG command. In addition, run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factors for QCI 2, QCI 7, QCI 8, and QCI 9 to 100%. Step 2 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to query the admission bandwidths of the transport resource group. Then, record the values. Step 3 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to set the TX and RX bandwidths to 10 Mbit/s for the transport resource group. l
In single-rate mode, set the Tx Bandwidth and Rx Bandwidth parameters.
l
In dual-rate mode, set the TX Committed Information Rate, RX Committed Information Rate, RX Peak Information Rate, and TX Peak Burst Size parameters. The single-rate mode is used in this procedure as an example.
Step 4 Run the SET TACALG command to set the admission thresholds for new gold, silver, and bronze services to 80%. Step 5 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check Min_GBR settings. Then, record the values. Step 6 Run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to set the uplink or downlink Min_GBR to 4 Mbit/s for services with QCIs of 7 and 8 and to 2 Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 9. NOTE
The rates at the application layer need to be converted into the bandwidths of transport resource groups at the data link layer for admission control. In this example, the application-layer rates substitute datalink-layer rates for simplicity.
Step 7 Start S1 interface tracing for the eNodeB. The tracing result shows that the UE accesses the cell, with the default bearer successfully admitted to the transport resource group. Step 8 Use a UE to set up a flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 7. As indicated in the S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ and S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_RSP messages, the bearer is successfully set up. Step 9 Operate the UE to set up a non-flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 2 and an uplink or downlink GBR of 3 Mbit/s. The total requested load proportion is calculated as follows: (2 x 100% + 4 x 100% + 3)/10 = 90%. It exceeds the admission threshold 80%. Therefore, the service with a QCI of 2 cannot be admitted, and a preemption procedure is triggered. In the S1 interface tracing result, the S1AP_ERAB_REL_IND message indicates that the bearer for the service with a QCI of 7 is released as expected. The preemption algorithm takes effect. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 10 Run the SET TACALG command with the Uplink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch and Downlink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch parameters set to OFF(Off). Step 11 Enable the UE to access the cell again, and perform Step 7, Step 8 and Step 9. Check whether the bearer for the service with a QCI of 2 can be successfully set up. When the preemption switch is turned off, this bearer cannot be set up because of an admission failure. If the result is as expected, transport resource preemption takes effect. Step 12 Enable the UE to access the cell again. Then, perform Step 7 and Step 8, with QCI 7 changed to QCI 8. Step 13 Perform Step 9. to check services with a QCI of 2. The expected result is that services with a QCI of 2 are not admitted because the Pre-emption Vulnerability field for services with a QCI of 8 is set to "not pre-emptable". Step 14 Run the MOD RSCGRP, SET TACALG, and MOD UDTPARAGRP commands to restore the parameter settings. ----End
Transport Load Reporting Transport load reporting is activated by default. There is no need to verify it.
Overload Control by Traffic Licenses Overload control by traffic licenses is activated by default, and parameters such as thresholds retain their default values. Therefore, there is no need to verify it.
Transport Overload Control Prerequisites Prerequisite assumption for transport overload control is the same as that for transport resource preemption. Assume that transport admission control is already enabled to simulate situations on live networks. Procedure Activation observation method for transport overload control over the S1 interface: Step 1 Run the LST TACALG command to check switch settings. Then, record the values. If Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch are On, transport admission control is enabled. To turn on these switches, run the SET TACALG command. In addition, run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factors for QCI 2, QCI 7, and QCI 9 to 100%. Step 2 Run the LST TOLCALG command to check switch settings and the values of Uplink OLC Trigger Threshold(%) and Uplink OLC Release Threshold(%). Then, record the switch settings and thresholds. If Uplink OLC Arithmetic Switch and Downlink OLC Arithmetic Switch are On, transport overload control is activated. In this example, the values of Uplink OLC Trigger Threshold(%) and Uplink OLC Release Threshold(%) are 85 and 65, respectively. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 3 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check the uplink or downlink admission bandwidths of a transport resource group. Then, record the values. Step 4 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to set the TX and RX bandwidths to 10 Mbit/s for the transport resource group. l
In single-rate mode, set the Tx Bandwidth and Rx Bandwidth parameters.
l
In dual-rate mode, set the TX Committed Information Rate, RX Committed Information Rate, RX Peak Information Rate, and TX Peak Burst Size parameters. The single-rate mode is used in this procedure as an example.
Step 5 Run the SET TACALG command to set the admission thresholds for new gold, silver, and bronze services to 90%. Step 6 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check Min_GBR settings. Then, record the values. Step 7 Run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to set the uplink or downlink Min_GBR to 4 Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 7 and to 2 Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 9. NOTE
The rates at the application layer need to be converted into the bandwidths of transport resource groups at the data link layer for admission control. In this example, the application-layer rates substitute datalink-layer rates for simplicity.
Step 8 Start S1 interface tracing on the eNodeB. The tracing result shows that the UE accesses the cell, with the default bearer successfully admitted to the transport resource group. Step 9 Use a UE to set up a flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 7. As indicated in the S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ and S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_RSP messages, the bearer is successfully set up. Step 10 Operate the UE to set up a non-flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 2 and an uplink or downlink GBR of 2 Mbit/s. Start uplink UDP packet injection at 2 Mbit/s. The total load proportion is calculated as follows: (2 + 4 + 2)/10 = 80%. It is lower than the admission threshold for new services and the threshold for triggering uplink overload control. Therefore, this service is admitted successfully and not released. Step 11 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to change the TX and RX bandwidths of the transport resource group to 5 Mbit/s. Step 12 Check the S1AP_ERAB_REL_IND message traced over the S1 interface for bearer release. If the message indicates that the bearers for the services with QCIs of 7 and 2 are released, transport overload control takes effect. Step 13 Run the SET TOLCALG command with the Uplink OLC Arithmetic Switch and Downlink OLC Arithmetic Switch parameters set to OFF(Off). Step 14 Enable the UE to access the cell again and perform Step 9 through Step 12. Check whether the bearers for the services with QCIs of 2 and 7 are released. When overload control is deactivated, the bearers are not released even when overload occurs. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 15 Run the MOD RSCGRP, MOD STANDARDQCI, SET TOLCALG, MOD UDTPARAGRP and SET TACALG commands to restore the parameter settings. ----End Activation observation method for transport overload control over the eX2 interface: Step 1 Add the eX2 interface between two eNodeBs and configure the Carrier Aggregation or UL CoMP feature. For details about how to configure the feature, see eRAN Carrier Aggregation Feature Parameter Description or eRAN UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description. Step 2 Start eX2 interface tracing on the eNodeB. Step 3 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to manually produce a transport link overload. For example, set Tx Bandwidth or Rx Bandwidth to 35000. MOD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RU=KBPS, TXBW=35000, RXBW=35000; Step 4 Observe the messages traced over the eX2 interface. The tracing result shows that the eX2-U link has been deleted. ----End
9.6.8 Reconfiguration N/A
9.6.9 Deactivation Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for feature activation described in "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs." In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 9-4.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Table 9-4 Parameters related to transport load control MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Setting Notes
TACALG
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
RSCGRPULCACS WITCH, RSCGRPDLCACS WITCH, PORTULCACSW, PORTDLCACSW, PORTULOBSW, PORTDLOBSW, TRMULPRESW, TRMDLPRESW
Set the following parameters to OFF(Off): l RSCGRPULCA CSWITCH l RSCGRPDLCA CSWITCHPORT ULCACSW l PORTDLCACS W l PORTULOBSW and PORTDLOBSW l TRMULPRESW l TRMDLPRESW
UDTPARAGRP
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
ACTFACTOR
Set this parameter to 100.
TOLCALG
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
TRMULOLCSWIT CH, TRMDLOLCSWIT CH
Set the following parameters to OFF(Off): l TRMULOLCSW ITCH l TRMDLOLCSW ITCH
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set parameters according to Table 9-4. For detailed instructions, see "Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration."
Using MML Commands l
To deactivate admission control on transport resource groups, run the SET TACALG command to turn off the Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch.
l
To deactivate admission control on physical ports, run the SET TACALG command to turn off the Physical Port Up Link Admission Switch and Physical Port Down Link Admission Switch.
l
To deactivate transport resource group overbooking, perform the following steps:
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the LST UDT command to query the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type. Step 2 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set Act Factor to 100 (activity factor: 100%), indicating that transport resource group overbooking is disabled. ----End l
To deactivate physical port overbooking, run the SET TACALG command to turn off the Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch and Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch.
l
To deactivate transport resource preemption, run the SET TACALG command to turn off the Uplink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch and Downlink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch.
l
No operation can be performed to disable transport load reporting.
l
To deactivate transport overload control, run the SET TOLCALG command to turn off the Uplink OLC Algorithm Switch and Downlink OLC Algorithm Switch.
MML Command Examples l
Deactivating admission control on transport resource groups
SET TACALG: RSCGRPULCACSWITCH=OFF, RSCGRPDLCACSWITCH=OFF;
l
Deactivating admission control on physical ports
SET TACALG: PORTULCACSW=OFF, PORTDLCACSW=OFF;
l
Deactivating transport resource group overbooking
MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, ACTFACTOR=100;
l
Deactivating physical port overbooking
SET TACALG: PORTULOBSW=OFF, PORTDLOBSW=OFF;
l
Deactivating transport resource preemption
SET TACALG: TRMULPRESW=OFF, TRMDLPRESW=OFF;
l
Deactivating transport overload control
SET TOLCALG: TRMULOLCSWITCH=OFF, TRMDLOLCSWITCH=OFF;
9.7 Deployment of Transport Congestion Control 9.7.1 Process None
9.7.2 Requirements Operating Environment As a Huawei proprietary function, IP PM requires that the EPC equipment be provided by Huawei and support IP PM. For details about whether an EPC equipment version supports IP PM, contact Huawei EPC engineers.
Transmission Networking None Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
License Operators must purchase and activate the following license. Feature ID
Feature Name
Model
License Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
LOFD-003012
IP Performance Monitoring
LT1S0I PAPM0 0
IP Performance Monitoring
eNod eB
per eNodeB
LOFD-003011
Enhanced Transmission QoS Management(FD D)
LT1SET QOSM0 0
Enhanced Transmission QoS Management(F DD)
eNod eB
per eNodeB
9.7.3 Data Preparation The parameters for transport congestion control are all scenario-specific.
Transport Differentiated Flow Control The MOs related to transport differentiated flow control are RSCGRP, RSCGRPALG, LR, PRI2QUE and STANDARDQCI. Traffic Shaping Switch The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an RSCGRPALG MO to configure the traffic shaping switch for a transport resource group. Parameter settings in this MO are automatically generated after the RSCGRP MO is configured. Before changing parameter settings in this MO, ensure the RSCGRP MO is already configured.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
TX Traffic Shaping Switch
RSCGRPALG.TXS SW
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. The recommended value is ON(On). l Set this parameter to ON(On) if traffic shaping based on the TX bandwidth is required. This ensures that the TX traffic does not exceed the capability of downstream routers and prevents packet discarding and network congestion. l If this parameter is set to ON(On), the TX rate of the resource group cannot exceed the uplink admission bandwidth or uplink PIR admission bandwidth, preventing network congestion and ensuring service quality. l If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), the TX rate of the resource group may exceed the TX bandwidth configured for it. In this case, network congestion may
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
9 Engineering Guidelines
Data Source
Setting Notes occur and service quality may be degraded.
Rate Limiting on a Physical Port Collect parameters in an LR MO used to configure rate limiting on a physical port to achieve traffic shaping on this physical port. For details about data preparation for the LR MO, see 9.6.3 Data Preparation. Scheduling of Transport Resource Group Queues The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the PRI2QUE MO to configure the mapping between QoS priorities (only DSCPs are currently supported) and internal queues. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified. The associated MO is UDTPARAGRP. The UDTPARAGRP MO specifies the mapping from QCIs to DSCP values, and the PRI2QUE MO specifies the mapping from DSCP values to internal queues. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
PriOfQue0
PRI2QUE.PRI0
Network plan (negotiation not required)
PriOfQue1
PRI2QUE.PRI1
Network plan (negotiation not required)
PriOfQue2
PRI2QUE.PRI2
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. These parameters specify the DSCP priorities of the queues. Their default values are recommended.
PriOfQue3
PRI2QUE.PRI3
Network plan (negotiation not required)
PriOfQue4
PRI2QUE.PRI4
Network plan (negotiation not required)
PriOfQue5
PRI2QUE.PRI5
Network plan (negotiation not required)
PriOfQue6
PRI2QUE.PRI6
Network plan (negotiation not required)
The DSCP of queue 7 is always 0. Service packets with DSCPs lower than PRI2QUE.PRI6 are all assigned to queue 7. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Back-Pressure Algorithm The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an RSCGRPALG MO to turn on the back-pressure switch and configure related parameters. The eNodeB performs operations such as back-pressure based on the parameter settings in the RSCGRPALG. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Traffic Control Switch
RSCGRPALG.TCS W
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan. This parameter specifies whether to enable the backpressure algorithm. This algorithm prevents packet loss caused by network congestion. By default, this algorithm is enabled. The default value is recommended.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Congestion Time Threshold
RSCGRPALG.CTT H
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan.
Congestion Clear Time Threshold
RSCGRPALG.CCT TH
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Retain their default values unless there are special requirements. The RSCGRPALG MO, RSCGRPALG.CCT TH value must be less than the RSCGRPALG.CTT H value.
TX Bandwidth Adjust Minimum
RSCGRPALG .TX BWAMIN
Network plan (negotiation not required)
RX Bandwidth Adjust Minimum
RSCGRPALG .RX BWAMIN
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set these parameters based on the network plan. If the parameters are set to small values and available bandwidth for the transport resource group decreases due to congestion, the transmission admission may fail.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Transport Dynamic Flow Control MOs related to transport dynamic flow control are RSCGRPALG, IPPMSESSION, eNodeBPath and IPPATH. Dynamic flow control dynamically adjusts the bandwidth configured in the RSCGRP MO based on the QoS parameters in the IPPMSESSION MO and the thresholds configured in the RSCGRPALG MO. Dynamic Flow Control Switch The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an RSCGRPALG MO to turn on the dynamic flow control switch and configure related thresholds. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
TX Traffic Shaping Switch
RSCGRPA LG.TXSSW
Network plan (negotiation not required)
This parameter specifies whether to enable TX traffic shaping. It is recommended that TX traffic shaping be enabled. Set this parameter to ON(On) if dynamic transport flow control is required. l If this parameter is set to ON(On), the TX rate of the resource group cannot exceed the uplink admission bandwidth or uplink PIR admission bandwidth, preventing network congestion and ensuring service quality. l If this parameter is set to OFF(Off), the TX rate of the resource group can exceed the uplink admission bandwidth or uplink PIR admission bandwidth, probably causing network congestion and compromising service quality.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
TX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch
RSCGRPA LG.TXBWA SW
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
RX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch
RSCGRPA LG.RXBWA SW
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
Set this parameter to ON(On) if uplink transport dynamic flow control is required.
Set this parameter to ON(On) if the downlink admission bandwidth needs to be adjusted for the resource group. In this case, downlink dynamic flow control also needs to be enabled on the EPC.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
Packet Loss Ratio Down Threshold
RSCGRPA LG.PLRDT H
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Delay Down Threshold
RSCGRPA LG.DDTH
Network plan (negotiation not required)
A small value of either parameter enables the eNodeB to respond to transport network congestion more quickly and therefore promptly adjust the bandwidth. However, this makes the eNodeB more prone to delay variation on the transport network and therefore decreases network robustness. Retain the default values for these parameters.
IP PM Session The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an IPPMSESSION MO to configure an IP PM session. This session is used to monitor the link transmission quality of an IP path. For details, see IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description. IP Path Application Type The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an IPPATH MO to implement differentiated service transmission. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
IP path ID
IPPATH.Pat hId
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Indicates the IP of an IP path.
Local IP
IPPATH. LocalIP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Indicates the local IP address of an IP path.
Peer IP
IPPATH. PeerIP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Indicates the peer IP address of an IP path.
Path Type
IPPATH. PathType
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Indicates the type of an IP path.
DSCP
IPPATH. DSCP
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Sets the DSCP priority for an IP path according to services carried by the IP path. This parameter is available when IPPATH.PathTypeis set to FIXED(Fixed QoS).
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eNodeBPath MO to enable dynamic flow control in link mode. If the S1 interface is set up in endpoint mode, the eNodeBPath MO does not need to be configured. Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Data Source
Setting Notes
IP Path ID
eNodeBPath .IpPathId
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter to the ID of the IP path where the data requiring dynamic flow control is carried.
Application Type
eNodeBPath .AppType
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter to S1(S1) because dynamic flow control is generally enabled on the S1 interface.
S1 Interface ID
eNodeBPath .S1Interface Id
Network plan (negotiation not required)
Set this parameter based on the network plan.
9.7.4 Precautions For details about IP PM, see IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description.
9.7.5 Hardware Adjustment N/A
9.7.6 Initial Configuration Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-5 in a summary data file, which also contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see section "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB. The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized file, depending on the following conditions: l
The managed objects (MOs) in Table 9-5 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
l
Some MOs in Table 9-5 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the parameters.
All the MOs listed in the following table except the IPPATH and DIFPRI MOs require a user-defined template. It is recommended that user-defined templates be derived from the En_Basic_eRAN_Sharing_Link template. It is also recommended that the parameters in the MOs (except for the IPPATH MO) be added to the Base Station Transport Data sheet. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Table 9-5 Parameters related to transport congestion control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
RSCGRP
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Transport Resource Group Bear Type, Subboard Type, Bearing Port Type, Bearing Port No., Transport Resource Group ID, Rate Unit, Tx Bandwidth, Rx Bandwidth, TX Committed Burst Size(Kbit), TX Excessive Burst Size(Kbit), Operator ID, Scheduling Weight, TX Committed Information Rate, RX Committed Information Rate, TX Peak Information Rate, RX Peak Information Rate, TX Peak Burst Size(Kbit)
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
IPPATH
DevIPPattern
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Subboard Type, Port No., IP Path ID, Join Transport Resource Group, Transport Resource Group ID, Path Type, DSCP, Local IP, Peer IP, Transport Resource Type, Path check, IPMUX Switch Flag, Max Subframe length, Max frame length, Max Timer, Description Info
-
DIFPRI
Common Data
Priority Rule, Signaling Priority, OM High Priority, OM Low Priority, IP Clock Priority
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
9 Engineering Guidelines
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
RSCGRPALG
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No., Slot No., Subboard Type, Bearing Port Type, Bearing Port No., Transport Resource Group ID, TX Traffic Shaping Switch, TX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch, RX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch, Packet Loss Ratio Down Threshold(per mill), Delay Down Threshold(ms), Traffic Control Switch, OM, FTP Traffic Control Switch, PQ Number, Congestion Time Threshold(ms), Congestion Clear Time Threshold(ms), TX Reserved Bandwidth(Kbit/s), RX Reserved Bandwidth(Kbit/s), Drop Packet Number Threshold(packet)
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
LR
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No.,
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
UDTPARAGRP
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID., Priority Rule, Priority, Act Factor, Primary Transport Resource Type, Primary Port Load Threshold, Primary To Secondary Port Load Ratio Threshold
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
GTRANSPARA
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Resource Group Scheduling Weight Switch, Rate Config Type
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
Slot No, Subboard Type, Port Type, Port No., LR Switch, UL Committed Information Rate, Committed Burst Size, Excess Burst Size, DL Committed Information Rate
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Remarks
ENODEBPATH
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
IP Path ID, Application Type, S1 Interface ID, X2 Interface ID
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
PRI2QUE
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
PriOfQue0, PriOfQue1, PriOfQue2, PriOfQue3, PriOfQue4, PriOfQue5, PriOfQue6
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
IPPMSESSION
Base Station Transport Data or user-defined sheet
IP PM Session ID, IP PM Type, Bind IP Path, IP Path ID, Local IP, Peer IP, DSCP, Activate Direction
The summary data file needs to be customized based on the template named En_Basic_eRAN_Sh aring_Link.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows: Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs". For online help, press F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration. Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file. Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file. Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary data file into the CME, and then start the data verification. Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management > Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help. ----End
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB. The procedure is as follows: Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration window. Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-8, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong. Figure 9-8 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL. Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All the parameters in this MO are displayed in area 4. Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5. Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. ----End
Using MML Commands Transport congestion control involves transport differentiated flow control and transport dynamic flow control. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
l
9 Engineering Guidelines
Transport Differentiated Flow Control The configuration procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to configure the switches for the traffic shaping and back-pressure algorithms. Step 2 Run the LST UDT command to query the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding to a user data type. Step 3 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the service priority. Step 4 Run the SET PRI2QUE command to configure the mapping between service priorities and queues. Step 5 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to configure the number of PQ queues. ----End l
Transport Dynamic Flow Control The configuration procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to enable the bandwidth adjustment function for a transport resource group. Step 2 Perform the following operations in different modes: l
In link mode, run the ADD IPPMSESSION command to configure IP PM and bind the IP PM session to an IP path. If they are not bound, dynamic bandwidth adjustment cannot be performed on transport resource groups.
l
In endpoint mode, run the ADD IPPMSESSION command to disable the binding of the IP PM session to an IP path.
----End
MML Command Examples l
Transport Differentiated Flow Control
SET RSCGRPALG:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0, TXSSW=ON, TCSW=ENABLE; LST UDT; MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, PRI=0; SET PRI2QUE: PRI0=48, PRI1=40; SET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, PQN=3;
l
Transport Dynamic Flow Control
SET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, TXBWASW=ON, RXBWASW=ON; (In link mode)ADD IPPMSESSION: IPPMSN=0, IPPMTYPE=FOUR_TUPLE, BINDPATH=YES, PATHID=0; (In link mode)ADD ENODEBPATH:IPPATHID=0,APPTYPE=S1,S1INTERFACEID=0; (In endpoint mode)ADD IPPMSESSION: IPPMSN=0, IPPMTYPE=FOUR_TUPLE, BINDPATH=NO, LOCALIP="5.5.33.5", PEERIP="138.32.1.50", IPPMDSCP=0;
9.7.7 Activation Observation Note that: l
An S1 tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l
The methods used to access a cell and set up a dedicated bearer depend on the type of UE. For detailed operations, see the user guide provided by the UE manufacturer.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
l
9 Engineering Guidelines
The methods used to inject UDP packets into the uplink and downlink depend on the injection tools and data types. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet injection is used as an example in this section. NOTE
Anonymization has been performed on S1 interface tracing tasks, and therefore no security risk exists.
Transport Differentiated Flow Control Prerequisites The committed bandwidth of a physical port is greater than the sum of the bandwidths of all transport resource groups on this port so that the bandwidths configured for each group are the same as the actual admission bandwidths. Procedure The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Run the LST RSCGRP command to check bandwidth settings of a transport resource group. Step 2 Run the LST RSCGRPALG command to check the settings of the traffic shaping and backpressure switches. Then, record the values. Transport differentiated flow control requires that TX Traffic Shaping Switch be On and Traffic Control Switch be Enable. Step 3 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check the uplink scheduling priority factors for QCIs 6 and 8, and record the query results. Step 4 Run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to change the uplink scheduling priority factors for QCIs 6 and 8 to 1000 and 500, respectively. Step 5 Use UE 1 to set up a non-GBR bearer with a QCI of 6, and use UE 2 to set up a non-GBR bearer with a QCI of 8. Then, trace S1 signaling to see whether the dedicated bearers have been successfully set up. Step 6 Use UEs 1 and 2 to perform uplink UDP packet injection with injection rates higher than the bandwidth capacities of the corresponding transport resource groups. Step 7 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check whether the value of Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth is consistent with the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group. Transport differentiated flow control is performed on the uplink. Therefore, the expected result is that the bandwidth after traffic shaping and back-pressure is less than or equal to the bandwidth capacity configured for the transport resource group. Step 8 On the service server in the EPC, check whether the traffic proportion between UEs 1 and 2 is consistent with the proportion of uplink scheduling priority factors between UEs 1 and 2 (configured in Step 4). If the two proportions are consistent, transport differentiated flow control takes effect. Step 9 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to turn off the TX traffic shaping and back-pressure switches. Step 10 Use UEs 1 and 2 to continue uplink UDP packet injection. Step 11 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check whether the value of Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth is consistent with the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
After the traffic shaping and back-pressure switches are turned off, the injection rates are not limited within the bandwidth configured for the transport resource group. Therefore, the traffic proportion between UEs 1 and 2 (which can be obtained on the service server in the EPC) is inconsistent with the proportion of uplink scheduling priority factors between UEs 1 and 2 (configured in Step 4). Step 12 Run the SET RSCGRPALG and MOD STANDARDQCI commands to restore the configurations. ----End
Transport Dynamic Flow Control Prerequisites Transport differentiated flow control is functional. For detailed configuration and verification, see 9.7.7 Activation Observation. Procedure The procedure for activation observation is as follows: Step 1 Run the LST RSCGRPALG command to check switch settings and the values of Packet Loss Ratio Down Threshold(per mill) and Delay Down Threshold(ms). Then, record the thresholds. If TX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch and RX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch are On, transport dynamic flow control is activated. Step 2 Run the LST IPPMSESSION command to check IP PM session settings and the value of Activate Direction. Then, record the parameter values. The admission bandwidths of a transport resource group can be dynamically adjusted based on transmission link quality only if an IP PM session is bound to an IP path in the group. Step 3 Run the DSP IPPMSESSION command to check IP PM session status. If Activate State(Up) or Activate State(Down), depending on the activation direction, is IP PM UP, the IP PM session works normally. Step 4 Enable a UE to access a cell. Use the UE to perform uplink UDP packet injection with an injection rate higher than the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group. Step 5 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check the uplink and downlink admission bandwidths of the transport resource group, and record the query results. Check whether the value of NonRealtime TX Bandwidth is consistent with the uplink admission bandwidth of the transport resource group. If transport differentiated flow control is functional, the queried two bandwidths should be consistent. Step 6 Use a tool, such as a network impairment emulator, to simulate packet loss on the IP path with the packet loss rate higher than the value of Packet Loss Ratio Down Threshold(per mill). Run the DSP IPPMSESSION command to check whether the value of TX Loss Rate(per mill) is the same as the packet loss rate. If the value of TX Loss Rate(per mill) is the same as the packet loss rate, IP PM measures key performance indicators (KPIs) of the transport network normally. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 7 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check the uplink admission bandwidth of the transport resource group. Compare these bandwidths with the values recorded in Step 5. If the values obtained in this step are less than the values recorded in Step 5, transport dynamic flow control takes effect. The value of Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth should be less than the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group and equal to the uplink admission bandwidth adjusted during transport dynamic flow control. Step 8 Stop simulating packet loss, and continue UDP packet injection. Step 9 Run the DSP RSCGRP command. If the value of Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth is restored to the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group, and the uplink and downlink admission bandwidths of the transport resource group are restored to the configured values, transport dynamic flow control takes effect. ----End
9.7.8 Reconfiguration N/A
9.7.9 Deactivation Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for feature activation described in "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs." In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 9-6. Table 9-6 Parameters related to transport congestion control MO
Sheet in the Summary Data File
Parameter Group
Setting Notes
RSCGRPALG
RSCGRPALG or user-defined sheet
TCSW, TXSSW
l Set TCSW to DISABLE(Disa ble). l Set TXSSW to OFF(Off).
RSCGRPALG
UDTPARAGRP or user-defined sheet
TXBWASW, RXBWASW
l Set TXBWASW to OFF(Off). l Set RXBWASW to OFF(Off).
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set parameters according to Table 9-6. For detailed instructions, see "Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration."
Using MML Commands l
To deactivate transport differentiated flow control Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to turn off Traffic Control Switch and TX Traffic Shaping Switch.
l
To deactivate transport dynamic flow control Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to turn off TX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch and RX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch.
MML Command Examples l
Deactivating transport differentiated flow control
SET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, TCSW=DISABLE, TXSSW=OFF;
l
Deactivating transport dynamic flow control
SET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, TXBWASW=OFF, RXBWASW=OFF;
9.8 Performance Monitoring This section describes how to use the U2000 client to monitor the running status of the transport resources of IP paths, transport resource groups, and physical ports in real time.
IP Path Monitoring To create an IP path monitoring task on an U2000 client, perform the following steps: Step 1 Choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management. On the displayed Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > Base Station Device and Transport > Transport Performance Monitoring > Transport Link Traffic Monitoring from the navigation tree on the left. Double-click Transport Link Traffic Monitoring. Step 2 In the displayed Transport Link Traffic Monitoring dialog box, select an eNodeB to be monitored and click Next. Step 3 In the displayed dialog box, select an IP path to be monitored and select the Include IPPM Statistic check box if the IP path is bound to an IP PM session, as shown in Figure 9-9.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 9-9 Transport Link Traffic Monitoring dialog box
Step 4 View the information about the IP path, such as the TX rate and RX rate. Figure 9-10 Checking IP path status
----End
Transport Port Monitoring To create a transport port monitoring task on an U2000 client, perform the following steps: Step 1 Choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management. On the displayed Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > Base Station Device and Transport > Transport Performance Monitoring > Transport Port Traffic Monitoring from the navigation tree on the left. Double-click Transport Port Traffic Monitoring. Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 2 In the displayed Transport Port Traffic Monitoring dialog box, select an eNodeB to be monitored and click Next. Step 3 In the displayed dialog box, set Port Type and Monitor Type, as shown in Figure 9-11. Figure 9-11 Transport Port Traffic Monitoring dialog box
Step 4 Select different objects to be monitored and view the monitoring results as follows: l
To monitor a physical port, set Port Type to Physical Port and Protocol Type to IP, and then view the monitoring results shown in Figure 9-12. –
If Physical Port Type is set to TUNNEL, the TX and RX rates at the network layer are calculated for IP ports.
–
If Physical Port Type is set to other values, the TX and RX rates at the data link layer are calculated for IP ports.
Figure 9-12 Monitor result of a physical port
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
l
9 Engineering Guidelines
To monitor a transport resource group, set Port Type to RSCGRP and view the realtime load, GBR load, and traffic of the transport resource group.
----End
9.9 Parameter Optimization None
9.10 Troubleshooting 9.10.1 Transport Load Control Fault Description A UE fails to access a network, and the S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_FAIL message traced over the S1 interface indicates the cause value "transport---transport -resourceunavailable."
Fault Handling To rectify this fault, perform the following steps: Step 1 Check IP path status. If the transport network can be checked using GTPU echo ping commands, perform the following steps: 1.
Run the MOD GTPU command to enable the static GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User Plane (GTP-U) check.
2.
Run the DSP IPPATH command to check IP path status. If...
Then...
The status is faulty
Check the configurations of the IP path, route, and transport network. If any parameter is incorrectly set, change the setting.
The status is normal
Go to Step 2.
If you cannot use the GTPU echo ping commands to check the transport network, perform the following steps: 1.
Run the MOD GTPU command to enable the static GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User Plane (GTP-U) check.
2.
On the U2000 client, start GTP-U tracing and check echo request and echo response messages.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
If...
Then...
If there is no echo response to an echo request
The IP path is faulty.
If there is an echo response to an echo request
The IP path is functional.
Check the configurations of the IP path, route, and transport network. If any parameter is incorrectly set, change the setting.
Go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST IPPATH command to query the transport resource group to which the IP path belongs and check that the IP address of the peer S-GW is correct. NOTE
l The IP path status may be normal even if the IP address of the peer S-GW is incorrect. l If the query result indicates that the IP path does not belong to any transport resource group, the IP path is managed by the default transport resource group.
Step 3 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check the uplink or downlink Min_GBR mapped to the QCI of the default bearer. If the uplink or downlink Min_GBR mapped to a QCI in the range of 6 to 9 is set to 0, the corresponding bearer cannot be admitted. To avoid this problem, modify the Min_GBR. The QCI of the default bearer is indicated in the S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message, which can be traced over the S1 interface. Step 4 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check that the admission bandwidths of the transport resource group are sufficient. NOTE
If the bandwidths are low, admission may fail.
Step 5 Run the LST TACALG command to check that the admission thresholds for gold, silver, bronze, and non-GBR services are not too low. Ensure that the thresholds are set based on the network plan or retain their default values. Step 6 If the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support. ----End
9.10.2 Transport Congestion Control Fault Description Transport differentiated flow control is performed on UEs that use services with different QCIs. The traffic proportion between these services is not consistent with the configured proportion.
Fault Handling To rectify this fault, perform the following steps: Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Check the signaling messages S1_ERAB_SETUP_REQ and S1_ERAB_SETUP_RSP to see whether the dedicated bearers for UEs are successfully set up. l
If all required dedicated bearers fail to be set up for a UE, then flow control is performed on the default bearer of this UE, and the effect of flow control may not be as expected.
l
If all dedicated bearers are successfully set up, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to see whether the uplink scheduling priority factors for different QCIs are consistent with the planned values. If the priority factors are inconsistent with the planned values, run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to change the priority factors. ----End If the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support.
9.10.3 Alarms If an alarm listed in Table 9-7 is reported, clear the alarm by referring to Alarm Reference. Table 9-7 TRM-related alarms
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Alarm ID
Alarm Name
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
ALM-25900
IP PM Activation Failure
eNodeB
LOFD-0030120 1
IP Performance Monitoring
ALM-25886
IP Path Fault
eNodeB
None
None
ALM-25952
User Plane Bearer Link Fault
eNodeB
None
None
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
10
Parameters
Table 10-1 Parameters MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR PALG
TXBWA MIN
SET RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301202 / TDLOF D-00301 202
Transpo rt Dynami c Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the minimum amount of adjusted TX bandwidth. If TXBWASW is set to ON, the adjusted bandwidth should be at least greater than this minimum.The UMTS currently does not support this function.
LST RSCGR PALG
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: kbit/s Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: 1024
RSCGR PALG
RXBW AMIN
SET RSCGR PALG LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301202 / TDLOF D-00301 202
Transpo rt Dynami c Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the minimum amount of adjusted RX bandwidth. If RXBWASW is set to ON, the adjusted bandwidth must be at least greater than this minimum.The UMTS currently does not support this function. GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: kbit/s Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: 1024
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR P
PT
ADD RSCGR P
None
None
Meaning: Indicates the type of port where a transmission resource group is carried. The LTE currently does not support STM1, IMA, UNI, or FRAATM.
DSP RSCGR P
GUI Value Range: IMA(IMA Group), UNI(UNI Link), STM1(STM1), FRAATM(FRAATM Link), PPP(PPP Link), MPGRP(Multi-link PPP Group), ETH(Ethernet Port), ETHTRK(Ethernet Trunk), TUNNEL(Tunnel)
MOD RSCGR P
RSCGR P
TXBW
RMV RSCGR P
Unit: None
LST RSCGR P
Default Value: None
Actual Value Range: IMA, UNI, STM1, FRAATM, PPP, MPGRP, ETH, ETHTRK, TUNNEL
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
DSP RSCGR P LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the maximum uplink bandwidth of a transmission resource group at the MAC layer when the transmission resource group is carried over IP. This parameter value is used as the uplink transport admission bandwidth and TX traffic shaping bandwidth. The minimum rate supported by the UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 360 Mbit/s TX bandwidth. The WMPT can be configured with a maximum of 300 Mbit/s TX bandwidth. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX bandwidth. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX bandwidth. The value of TX bandwidth is set to the maximum value of TX bandwidth supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one. For a WMPT and a UTRP (excluding UTRPa), this parameter does not specify the TX traffic shaping bandwidth of the transmission resource group that is carried on the PPP link. GUI Value Range: 32~10000000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 32~10000000 Default Value: None
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR P
RXBW
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
WRFD0106101 0
DSP RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the RX bandwidth of a transmission resource group. To LTE, this parameter value is also used as the downlink transport admission bandwidth. The minimum rate supported by the UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 540 Mbit/s RX bandwidth. The WMPT can be configured with a maximum of 300 Mbit/s RX bandwidth. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s RX bandwidth. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s RX bandwidth. The value of RX bandwidth is set to the maximum value of RX bandwidth supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
HSDPA Flow Control Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
GUI Value Range: 32~10000000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 32~10000000 Default Value: None
IP QOS RSCGR P
TXCIR
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
Meaning: Indicates the transmit CIR of the transmission resource group. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 360 Mbit/s TX committed information rate. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX committed information rate. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX committed information rate. The value of TX committed information rate is set to the maximum value of TX committed information rate supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one. GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: None
IP QOS
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR P
RXCIR
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the receive CIR of the transmission resource group. This parameter value is used as the downlink transport admission bandwidth for non-flow-control services. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 540 Mbit/s RX committed information rate. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s RX committed information rate. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s RX committed information rate. The value of RX committed information rate is set to the maximum value of RX committed information rate supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one. Only the LTE supports this function currently.
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment IP QOS
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: None
RSCGR P
TXPIR
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
Meaning: Indicates the transmit PIR of the transmission resource group. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 360 Mbit/s TX peak information rate. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX peak information rate. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX peak information rate. The value of TX peak information rate is set to the maximum value of TX peak information rate supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one. GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: None
IP QOS
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR P
RXPIR
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the receive PIR of the transmission resource group. This parameter value is used as the downlink transport admission bandwidth. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 540 Mbit/s RX peak information rate. The UMPT, UMDU or URTPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s RX peak information rate. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s RX peak information rate. The value of RX peak information rate is set to the maximum value of RX peak information rate supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one. Only the LTE supports this function currently.
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment IP QOS
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: None
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
GTRAN SPARA
LPSCH SW
SET GTRAN SPARA
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch used to control whether to allocate bandwidths to transmission resource groups on the physical port based on their scheduling weights. When RATECFGTYPE (the rate configuration type) is set to SINGLE_RATE and Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch or Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch is set to OFF, different values of this parameter lead to different bandwidth allocation methods as follows: (1) If this parameter is set to DISABLE and the sum of TX bandwidths of the associated resource groups exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port, each resource group is allocated a bandwidth that is directly proportional to its configured TX bandwidth; (2) If this parameter is set to ENABLE and the sum of TX bandwidths of the associated resource groups exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port, each resource group is allocated a bandwidth that is directly proportional to its scheduling weight. When RATECFGTYPE (the rate configuration type) is set to DUAL_RATE, different values of this parameter lead to different CIR allocation methods as follows: (1) If the sum of CIRs of the associated resource groups exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port, each resource group is allocated a CIR that is directly proportional to its configured CIR; (2) If the sum of CIRs of the associated resource groups is smaller than the bandwidth of the physical port, each resource group is allocated a non-CIR that is directly proportional to its scheduling weight. In this case, the PIR of a resource group is the sum of the CIR and the non-CIR.
LST GTRAN SPARA
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable), ENABLE(Enable) Unit: None Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR P
WEIGH T
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the scheduling weight of a transmission resource group. This parameter is used in calculating the bandwidth scheduled to a resource group, which helps achieve the user admission control.
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
GUI Value Range: 1~100 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 1~100 Default Value: 100
IP QOS GTRAN SPARA
RATEC FGTYP E
SET GTRAN SPARA LST GTRAN SPARA
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
Meaning: Indicates the rate configuration mode of transmission resource groups in the BS, which can be set to SINGLE_RATE or DUAL_RATE. The dual rate configuration refers to the hybrid of the peak information rate (PIR) and committed information rate (CIR). If this parameter is set to SINGLE_RATE, the transmission resource group performs traffic shaping based on its transmit bandwidth. If this parameter is set to DUAL_RATE, the transmission resource group performs traffic shaping based on PIR and the transmission admission algorithm ensures that the non-flow-controllable traffic does not exceed CIR. GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate), DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate) Unit: None Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RATE, DUAL_RATE Default Value: SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
LR
CIR
SET LR
WRFD0106101 0
HSDPA Flow Control
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the UL committed information rate after rate limitation is configured at a port. The precision of the UL committed information rate supported by the UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s, the precision supported by the other board is 32 kbit/s. If the configured UL committed information rate is not a multiple of the precision, the UL committed information rate is rounded up.For the GTMU, the value of CIR ranges from 64 to 100000. If this parameter is set to a value greater than the maximum allowed value or less than the minimum allowed value, the maximum or the minimum allowed value takes effect.
LST LR
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
IP QOS
DLCIR
SET LR LST LR
WRFD050402 LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 GBFD-1 18605
Unit: kbit/s Actual Value Range: 32~10000000
GBFD-1 18605 LR
GUI Value Range: 32~10000000
Default Value: None IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the DL committed information rate after rate limitation is configured at a port.The parameter does not take effect in GSM.For UMTS,if the downlink flow control switch is set to DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or STATIC_BW_SHAPING, this parameter is valid. If the downlink flow control switch is set to BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE, this parameter is valid when traffic congestion is detected. In other cases, this parameter is invalid.For LTE, this parameter computes the value of Physical Port Down Link Admission.The minimum rate supported by the UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s. GUI Value Range: 32~10000000 Unit: kbit/s Actual Value Range: 32~10000000 Default Value: None
IP QOS
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
IPPATH
LOCAL IP
ADD IPPATH
WRFD050402
MOD IPPATH
GBFD-1 18601
Meaning: Indicates the local IP address of an IP path. The value 0.0.0.0 indicates that the local IP address needs to be negotiated.
LST IPPATH
GBFD-1 18611
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface Abis over IP
Default Value: None
GUI Value Range: Valid IP address Unit: None Actual Value Range: Valid IP address
Abis IP over E1/T1 IPPATH
PEERIP
ADD IPPATH
WRFD050402
MOD IPPATH
GBFD-1 18601
LST IPPATH
GBFD-1 18611
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the peer IP address of the IP path. GUI Value Range: Valid IP address Unit: None Actual Value Range: Valid IP address Default Value: None
Abis over IP Abis IP over E1/T1 IPPATH
PATHT YPE
ADD IPPATH
GBFD-1 18601
Abis over IP
MOD IPPATH
GBFD-1 18611
Abis IP over E1/T1
LST IPPATH
Meaning: Indicates the type of the IP path. FIXED indicates that this IP path is used to carry the service with specified Quality of Service (QoS), that is, with a specified DSCP. ANY indicates that this IP Path can be used to carry services of any QoS and hence is used to carry the service without a specified DSCP. GUI Value Range: FIXED(Fixed QoS), ANY(Any QoS) Unit: None Actual Value Range: FIXED, ANY Default Value: FIXED(Fixed QoS)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
IPPATH
DSCP
ADD IPPATH
WRFD050402
Meaning: Indicates the differentiated services code point (DSCP) of the services carried on an IP path.
MOD IPPATH
GBFD-1 18601
LST IPPATH
GBFD-1 18611
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: None
Abis over IP Abis IP over E1/T1 IPPATH
RSCGR PID
ADD IPPATH MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
WRFD0213040 6 GBFD-1 18605
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transmission resource group established on an IP path. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~15 Default Value: 0
IP QOS IPPATH
JNRSC GRP
ADD IPPATH MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
WRFD0213040 6 GBFD-1 18605
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates whether the IP path joins a transmission resource group. If this parameter is set to DISABLE, the IP path is established on the default transmission resource group on a specific physical port.
IP QOS
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable), ENABLE(Enable) Unit: None Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
Standard Qci
UlMinG br
MOD STAND ARDQC I
LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the uplink minimum guaranteed bit rate of the non-GBR service.
LST STAND ARDQC I
LOFD-0 0301101 LOFD-0 0301102 LOFD-0 0301103 TDLBF D-00202 5 TDLOF D-00101 5
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s), MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s), MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s), MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s), MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s), MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s), MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s), MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s), MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s), MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s), MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s) Unit: kB/s Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB, MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB, MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB, MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB, MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB, MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
Basic Scheduli ng Enhance d Scheduli ng
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
Extende dQci
UlMinG br
ADD EXTEN DEDQC I
LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the uplink minimum guaranteed bit rate of the non-GBR service.
MOD EXTEN DEDQC I LST EXTEN DEDQC I
Standard Qci
DlMinG br
MOD STAND ARDQC I LST STAND ARDQC I
LOFD-0 0301101
Transpo rt Overboo king
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
LOFD-0 0301103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB, MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB, MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB, MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB, MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB, MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the downlink minimum guaranteed bit rate of the non-GBR service.
LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502 LOFD-0 0301101 LOFD-0 0301103 LOFD-0 03016 / TDLOF D-00301 6
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control Differen t Transpo rt Paths based on QoS Grade
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s), MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s), MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s), MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s), MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s), MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s), MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s), MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s), MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s), MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s), MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s) Unit: kB/s
Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s), MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s), MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s), MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s), MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s), MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s), MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s), MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s), MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s), MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s), MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s) Unit: kB/s Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB, MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB, MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB, MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB, MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB, MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
Extende dQci
DlMinG br
ADD EXTEN DEDQC I
LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the downlink minimum guaranteed bit rate of the non-GBR service.
MOD EXTEN DEDQC I LST EXTEN DEDQC I
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103 LOFD-0 03016 / TDLOF D-00301 6
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control Differen t Transpo rt Paths based on QoS Grade
GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s), MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s), MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s), MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s), MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s), MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s), MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s), MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s), MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s), MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s), MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s) Unit: kB/s Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB, MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB, MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB, MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB, MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB, MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
Extende dQci
FlowCtr lType
ADD EXTEN DEDQC I
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates whether to enable flow control for the QCI.
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Unit: None
MOD EXTEN DEDQC I LST EXTEN DEDQC I
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103 LOFD-0 03016 / TDLOF D-00301 6
DIFPRI
PRIRUL E
SET DIFPRI
WRFD050402
LST DIFPRI
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201 GBFD-1 18605
GUI Value Range: FLOW_CTRL(Flow Control), NON_FLOW_CTRL(Non Flow Control) Actual Value Range: FLOW_CTRL, NON_FLOW_CTRL Default Value: FLOW_CTRL(Flow Control)
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control Differen t Transpo rt Paths based on QoS Grade IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the rule for prioritizing traffic to meet service requirements. If this parameter is set to IPPRECEDENCE, the protocol stack of the earlier version is adopted, which firstly converts a Type of Service (TOS) to a DSCP and then prioritizes traffic.
DiffServ QoS Support
Unit: None
GUI Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE(IP Precedence), DSCP(DSCP) Actual Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE, DSCP Default Value: DSCP(DSCP)
IP QOS
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
DIFPRI
SIGPRI
SET DIFPRI
WRFD050402
LST DIFPRI
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the priority of signaling. The priority has a positive correlation with the value of this parameter.
DiffServ QoS Support
Default Value: 48
GBFD-1 18605
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63
IP QOS DIFPRI
OMHIG HPRI
SET DIFPRI
WRFD050402
LST DIFPRI
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201 GBFD-1 18605
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the priority of the high-level OM data. The priority has a positive correlation with the value of this parameter.
DiffServ QoS Support
Default Value: 46
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63
IP QOS DIFPRI
OMLO WPRI
SET DIFPRI
WRFD050402
LST DIFPRI
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201 GBFD-1 18605
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the priority of the low-level OM data, such as the data to be uploaded or downloaded. The priority has a positive correlation with the value of this parameter. The low-level OM data includes the packets related to File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
DiffServ QoS Support
Actual Value Range: 0~63
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Default Value: 18
IP QOS
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
DIFPRI
IPCLKP RI
SET DIFPRI
None
None
Meaning: Indicates the priority of the IP clock. If the IP clock that follows the Precision Time Protocol (PTP) is used, set this parameter to the DSCP of the PTP packets. If the IP clock that follows the Huawei proprietary protocol is used, set this parameter to the DSCP of these packets that follow the Huawei proprietary protocol.
LST DIFPRI
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 46 UDT
UDTPA RAGRP ID
ADD UDT
None
None
MOD UDT LST UDT
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transport parameter group related to the services corresponding to an QCI.User data type numbers 1~9 correspond to user data type transfer parameter group IDs 40~48, which are automatically configured by the BS. GUI Value Range: 0~48 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~48 Default Value: None
UDTPA RAGRP
UDTPA RAGRP ID
ADD UDTPA RAGRP
None
None
LST UDTPA RAGRP
UDT
UDTNO
MOD UDTPA RAGRP
GUI Value Range: 0~48
RMV UDTPA RAGRP
Default Value: None
ADD UDT
Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~48
MOD UDT
Meaning: Indicates the number of the user data type.Numbers 1~9 are standard user data types, which are automatically configured by the BS. Numbers 10~254 are extended user data types.
RMV UDT
Unit: None
LST UDT
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transport parameter group related to the service that corresponds to the QCI. It uniquely identifies a transport parameter group.User data type numbers 1~9 correspond to user data type transfer parameter group IDs 40~48, which are automatically configured by the BS.
None
None
GUI Value Range: 1~254 Actual Value Range: 1~254 Default Value: None
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
UDTPA RAGRP
PRIRUL E
ADD UDTPA RAGRP
None
None
Meaning: Indicates the rule for prioritizing traffic to meet service requirements. If this parameter is set to IPPRECEDENCE, the protocol stack of the earlier version is adopted, which firstly converts a Type of Service (TOS) to a DSCP and then prioritizes traffic.
MOD UDTPA RAGRP
GUI Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE(IP Precedence), DSCP(DSCP)
LST UDTPA RAGRP
Unit: None Actual Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE, DSCP Default Value: DSCP(DSCP)
UDTPA RAGRP
PRI
ADD UDTPA RAGRP
None
None
MOD UDTPA RAGRP
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None
LST UDTPA RAGRP UDTPA RAGRP
RSCGR PALG
ACTFA CTOR
TXRSV BW
ADD UDTPA RAGRP
Meaning: Indicates the priority of the service data, which is identified by a DSCP value. The priority of the service data has a positive correlation with the DSCP value.
Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: None None
None
Meaning: Indicates the activity factor of the services corresponding to an QCI. GUI Value Range: 0~100
MOD UDTPA RAGRP
Unit: %
LST UDTPA RAGRP
Default Value: 0
SET RSCGR PALG LST RSCGR PALG
Actual Value Range: 0~100
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the TX bandwidth reserved for signaling data, OM data, or real-time services. This parameter should be set to a value less than the TX bandwidth of a transmission resource group. It is recommended that the reserved TX bandwidth be set to a value less than or equal to 3% of the TX bandwidth of a transmission resource group. This parameter does not take effect in UTMS. GUI Value Range: 0~10000000 Unit: kbit/s Actual Value Range: 0~10000000 Default Value: 0
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR PALG
RXRSV BW
SET RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the reserved RX bandwidth, which should be set to a value smaller than or equal to the RX bandwidth of a transmission resource group. The UMTS currently does not support this function.
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
GUI Value Range: 0~10000000
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to apply UL admission control to a resource group.
LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 TACAL G
RSCGR PULCA CSWIT CH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Unit: kbit/s Actual Value Range: 0~10000000 Default Value: 0
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: ON(On)
TACAL G
RSCGR PDLCA CSWIT CH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to apply DL admission control to a resource group. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: ON(On)
TACAL G
PORTU LCACS W
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to apply UL admission control to a physical port. If this parameter is set to ON, UL admission control is applied to the physical port. If this parameter is set to OFF, UL admission control is not applied to the physical port. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: OFF(Off)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TACAL G
PORTD LCACS W
SET TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to apply DL admission control to a physical port. If this parameter is set to ON, DL admission control is applied to the physical port. If this parameter is set to OFF, DL admission control is not applied to the physical port.
LST TACAL G
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: OFF(Off) TACAL G
TRMUL HOCAC TH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for handed-over services. A large value of this parameter will result in a high UL admission success rate of handed-over services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 90
TACAL G
TRMDL HOCAC TH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for handed-over services. A large value of this parameter will result in a high DL admission success rate of handed-over services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 90
TACAL G
TRMUL GOLDC ACTH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for new Gold-level services. A large value of this parameter will result in a high UL admission success rate of new Gold-level services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 85
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TACAL G
TRMDL GOLDC ACTH
SET TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for new Gold-level services. A large value of this parameter will result in a high DL admission success rate of new Gold-level services.
LST TACAL G
GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 85
TACAL G
TRMUL SILVER CACTH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for new Silver-level services. A large value of this parameter will result in a high UL admission success rate of new Silver-level services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 85
TACAL G
TRMDL SILVER CACTH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for new Silver-level services. A large value of this parameter will result in a high DL admission success rate of new Silver-level services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 85
TACAL G
TRMUL BRONZ ECACT H
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for new Copper-level services. A large value of this parameter will results in a high UL admission success rate of new Copper-level services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 85
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TACAL G
TRMDL BRONZ ECACT H
SET TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for new Copper-level services. A large value of this parameter will result in a high DL admission success rate of new Copper-level services.
LST TACAL G
GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 85
TACAL G
TRMUL GBRCA CTH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the uplink transport admission threshold for the Guaranteed the Bit Rate (GBR) service. A large value of this parameter will result in a high UL admission success rate of GBR services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 100
TACAL G
TRMDL GBRCA CTH
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for the guaranteed bit rate (GBR) service. A large value of this parameter will result in a high DL admission success rate of GBR services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 100
TACAL G
EMCTA CPSW
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LBFD-0 02028 / TDLBF D-00202 8
Transpo rt Overboo king Emerge ncy Call
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to preferentially admit emergency calls. When this parameter is set to ON, transmission admission control is not performed for emergency calls and emergency calls will be successfully admitted. When this parameter is set to OFF and the transmission admission algorithm switch is turned on, transmission admission control is performed for emergency calls. When this parameter is set to OFF and the transmission admission algorithm switch is turned off, transmission admission control is not performed for emergency calls. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: OFF(Off)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TOLCA LG
TRMUL OLCRE LTH
SET TOLCA LG
LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the UL OLC. When the UL bandwidth occupancy is below this threshold, user services are no longer removed.
LST TOLCA LG
GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 90
TOLCA LG
TRMDL OLCRE LTH
SET TOLCA LG LST TOLCA LG
LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the DL OLC. When the DL bandwidth occupancy is below this threshold, user services are no longer removed. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 90
TACAL G
TRMUL PRESW
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to enable the UL pre-emption algorithm. If this parameter is set to ON, the UL pre-emption algorithm is enabled. In this case, the service with a higher priority that requests admission may pre-empt the resources of admitted services with lower priorities when UL transmission bandwidth is insufficient. If this parameter is set to OFF, the UL pre-emption algorithm is disabled. In this case, services with higher priorities that request admission cannot pre-empt the resources of admitted services with lower priorities when UL transmission bandwidth is insufficient. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: OFF(Off)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TACAL G
TRMDL PRESW
SET TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to enable the DL pre-emption algorithm. If this parameter is set to ON, the DL pre-emption algorithm is enabled. In this case, the service with a higher priority that requests admission can pre-empt the resources of admitted services with lower priorities when DL transmission bandwidth is insufficient. If this parameter is set to OFF, the DL pre-emption algorithm is disabled. In this case, services with higher priorities that request admission cannot pre-empt the resources of admitted services with lower priorities when DL transmission bandwidth is insufficient.
LST TACAL G
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: OFF(Off) TACAL G
PORTU LOBSW
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to enable UL overbooking admission control. It is used to determine the admission bandwidth of the resource group and facilitate admission control. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: ON(On)
TACAL G
PORTD LOBSW
SET TACAL G LST TACAL G
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control whether to enable DL overbooking admission control. It is used to determine the admission bandwidth of the resource group and facilitate admission control. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: ON(On)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
172
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR PALG
TXBWA SW
SET RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301202 / TDLOF D-00301 202
Transpo rt Dynami c Flow Control
Meaning:
LST RSCGR PALG
Indicates whether to enable the dynamic adjustment of the RX bandwidth of a transmission resource group,This parameter takes effect only for the resource groups to which ENODEBPATH or GBTSPATH is added. If this parameter is set to ON, the TX bandwidth is adjusted according to the network performance and dynamic bandwidth adjustment parameters (down speed PLR threshold and down speed delay threshold). The network performance is monitored through IP PM sessions, which can be enabled at the local end or at the peer end. If this parameter is set to OFF, the TX bandwidth is not adjusted. The UMTS currently does not support this function. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: OFF(Off)
RSCGR PALG
RXBW ASW
SET RSCGR PALG LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301202 / TDLOF D-00301 202
Transpo rt Dynami c Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the dynamic adjustment of the RX bandwidth of a transmission resource group. If this parameter is set to ON, the RX bandwidth is adjusted according to the network performance and dynamic bandwidth adjustment parameters (down speed PLR threshold and down speed delay threshold). The network performance is monitored through IP PM sessions, which can be enabled at the local end or at the peer end. If this parameter is set to OFF, the RX bandwidth is not adjusted. The UMTS currently does not support this function. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: OFF(Off)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TLDRA LG
TRMUL LDRTR GTH
SET TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the UL high load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to the UL transport bandwidth of the BS keeps above this threshold for a period of hysteresis, the UL transport load of the BS enters the high-load state. In UL highload state, the BS sends a UL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to HighLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface.
LST TLDRA LG
GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 70 TLDRA LG
TRMDL LDRTR GTH
SET TLDRA LG LST TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the DL high load. If the ratio of the DL transport load to the DL transport bandwidth of the BS keeps above this threshold for a period of hysteresis, the DL transport load of the BS enters the high-load state. In DL highload state, the BS sends a DL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to HighLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 70
TLDRA LG
TRMUL LDRCL RTH
SET TLDRA LG LST TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the UL high load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to the UL transport bandwidth of the BS keeps below this threshold for a period of hysteresis, the UL transport load of the BS enters the medium-load state. In UL medium load state, the BS sends a UL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to MediumLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 65
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TLDRA LG
TRMDL LDRCL RTH
SET TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the DL high load. If the ratio of the transport load to the transmission bandwidth in DL of the BS keeps below this threshold for a period of time, the DL transport load of the BS enters the medium-load state. In DL medium-load state, the BS sends a DL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to MediumLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface.
LST TLDRA LG
GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 65 TLDRA LG
TRMUL MLDTR GTH
SET TLDRA LG LST TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the UL medium load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to the UL transport bandwidth of the BS is above this threshold, the UL transport load of the BS enters the medium-load state. In UL medium-load state, the BS sends a UL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to MediumLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 50
TLDRA LG
TRMDL MLDTR GTH
SET TLDRA LG LST TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the DL medium load. If the ratio of the DL transport load to the DL transport bandwidth of the BS is above this threshold, the DL transport load of the BS enters the medium-load state. In DL medium-load state, the BS sends a DL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to MediumLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 50
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TLDRA LG
TRMUL MLDCL RTH
SET TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the UL medium load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to the UL transport bandwidth of the BS is below this threshold, the UL transport load of the BS enters the low-load state. In UL low-load state, the BS sends a UL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to LowLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface.
LST TLDRA LG
GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 45 TLDRA LG
TRMDL MLDCL RTH
SET TLDRA LG LST TLDRA LG
LOFD-0 01032 / TDLOF D-00103 2
IntraLTE Load Balancin g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the DL medium load. If the ratio of the DL transport load to the DL transport bandwidth of the BS is below this threshold, the DL transport load of the BS enters the low-load state. In DL low-load state, the BS sends a DL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to LowLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 45
TOLCA LG
TRMUL OLCTR IGTH
SET TOLCA LG LST TOLCA LG
LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the UL OLC. When the UL bandwidth occupancy reaches the threshold, low-priority services are removed to guarantee the quality of high-priority services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 95
TOLCA LG
TRMOL CRELB EARER NUM
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
SET TOLCA LG LST TOLCA LG
LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Meaning: Indicates the number of released services during an OLC action period. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 5
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TOLCA LG
TRMUL OLCSW ITCH
SET TOLCA LG
LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Meaning: Indicates the UL Over Load Control (OLC) algorithm switch. In the case of enabled switch, the bandwidth of the services with low priority would be released to guarantee the QoS of the services of high priority when the TX bandwidth changes or during the overload caused by real-time services.
LST TOLCA LG
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: ON(On)
TOLCA LG
TRMDL OLCSW ITCH
SET TOLCA LG LST TOLCA LG
LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Meaning: Indicates the switch for the DL OLC algorithm. If this parameter is set to ON, bandwidth of the services of a low priority is released to guarantee the QoS of the services of a high priority when transport bandwidth changes or overload occurs due to increased load of non-flow control services. GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: ON(On)
TOLCA LG
TRMDL OLCTR IGTH
SET TOLCA LG LST TOLCA LG
LOFD-0 0301103 / TDLOF D-00301 103
Transpo rt Resourc e Overloa d Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the DL OLC. When the DL bandwidth occupancy reaches the threshold, low-priority services are removed to guarantee the quality of high-priority services. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: 95
Standard Qci
UlschPri orityFac tor
MOD STAND ARDQC I LST STAND ARDQC I
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the calculation of connection priorities during uplink scheduling.
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Unit: None
GUI Value Range: 1~1000 Actual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001 Default Value: 700
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
Extende dQci
UlschPri orityFac tor
ADD EXTEN DEDQC I
LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the calculation of connection priorities during uplink scheduling.
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Unit: None
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates whether to enable traffic shaping for a transmission resource group. If this parameter is set to ON, traffic shaping is performed according to the TX bandwidth so that the transmit traffic would not exceed the capability of downstream routers, thus avoiding unnecessary packet loss and congestion. If this parameter is set to OFF, traffic shaping is not performed during data transmission.
MOD EXTEN DEDQC I LST EXTEN DEDQC I RSCGR PALG
TXSSW
SET RSCGR PALG LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
GUI Value Range: 1~1000 Actual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001 Default Value: 700
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On) Unit: None Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Default Value: ON(On) RSCGR P
TXCBS
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the TX committed burst size of a transmission resource group. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 400 Mbit/s TX committed burst size. The WMPT can be configured with a maximum of 600 Mbit/s TX committed burst size. The WMPT can be configured with a maximum of 600 Mbit/s TX committed burst size. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX committed burst size. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX committed burst size. The value of TX committed burst size is set to the maximum value of TX committed burst size supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one. GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: kbit Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: 64
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR P
TXEBS
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the TX excessive burst size of a transmission resource group. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 450 Mbit/s TX excessive burst size. The WMPT can be configured with a maximum of 600 Mbit/s TX excessive burst size. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX excessive burst size. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX excessive burst size. The value of TX excessive burst size is set to the maximum value of TX excessive burst size supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
LST RSCGR P
RSCGR P
TXPBS
GBFD-1 18605
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
MOD RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
LST RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: kbit Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
IP QOS
Default Value: 1000000
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the size of the peak burst transmitted from the transmission resource group. The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 540 Mbit/s TX peak burst size. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX peak burst size. The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX peak burst size. The value of TX peak burst size is set to the maximum value of TX peak burst size supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000 Unit: kbit Actual Value Range: 64~10000000 Default Value: None
IP QOS
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
LR
CBS
SET LR
WRFD050402
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the Committed Burst Size (CBS) after rate limitation is configured at a port.The minimum rate supported by the UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s.For the GTMU, the value of CBS ranges from 63 kbit to 256 kbit. If this parameter is set to a value greater than the maximum allowed value or less than the minimum allowed value, the maximum or the minimum allowed value takes effect.
LST LR
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 GBFD-1 18605
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
GUI Value Range: 32~10000000 Unit: kbit Actual Value Range: 32~10000000 Default Value: None
IP QOS LR
EBS
SET LR LST LR
WRFD050402 LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 GBFD-1 18605
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the Excess Burst Size (EBS) after rate limitation is configured at a port. GUI Value Range: 0~10000000 Unit: kbit Actual Value Range: 0~10000000 Default Value: None
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control IP QOS
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR PALG
PQN
SET RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the number of Priority Queues (PQs) in a transmission resource group. The queues in a transmission resource group are classified into PQs and non-PQs. The scheduling priority of any PQ is higher than that of any non-PQ. The queues numbered from 0 to the result after this parameter value minus 1 are PQs. PQ scheduling is used between PQs. A smaller PQ number indicates a higher scheduling priority. The queues numbered from this parameter value to 7 are non-PQs. Weight Round Robin (WPR) scheduling is used between non-PQs.
LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
GUI Value Range: 0~6 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~6 Default Value: 3
PRI2QU E
PRI3
SET PRI2QU E LST PRI2QU E
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
DiffServ QoS Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 3. If the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the PRI2 value but greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 3. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 24
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR PALG
TCSW
SET RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning:
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
The BS monitors the data buffered in the queues of each transmission resource group, determines whether the transmission resource group is congested, and transmits the backpressure signals (number and congestion status of the transmission resource group) to each flow control service.
LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Indicates whether to enable the backpressure algorithm of a transmission resource group.
If the number of data packets in the buffer of any backpressure queue exceeds 75% of the queue capacity, the BS regards this transmission resource group as congested and transmits congestion signals. If the buffered back-pressure packets are less than 50% of the total buffer capacity, the BS decides that the transmission resource group is not congested. In this situation, no congestion signal or congestion release signal is transmitted. When this parameter is set to ENABLE, both intramode and inter-mode traffic controls are supported. The inter-mode traffic control for transmission resource groups applies only to separate-MPT base stations with co-transmission implemented through backplane interconnection. However, it does not apply to cascaded base stations, base stations with cotransmission implemented through panel interconnection, or base stations enabled with route load sharing. When the inter-mode traffic control function is enabled for a separate-MPT base station with cotransmission implemented through backplane interconnection, the Tunnel Type parameter must be set to DL(DL) for the tunnel of the mode providing transmission ports and must be set to UL(UL) for the tunnel of the mode providing no transmission port. GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable), ENABLE(Enable) Unit: None Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE Default Value: ENABLE(Enable)
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR PALG
CTTH
SET RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101
Transpo rt Overboo king
Meaning: Indicates the congestion time threshold of a transmission resource group. When TCSW is set to ENABLE, if the buffer time of non-real-time service data in a transmission resource group exceeds the threshold, it indicates that the transmission resource group is congested and the backpressure signals are transmitted.
LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 RSCGR PALG
DROPP KTNU M
SET RSCGR PALG LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
GUI Value Range: 0~500 Unit: ms Actual Value Range: 0~500 Default Value: 50
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the number threshold of discarded packets. This parameter indicates the capability of the queue in a transmission resource group to buffer packets. A greater parameter value indicates a stronger capability. If this parameter is set to 0, the queue in a transmission resource group cannot buffer packets, and thus all the delayed packets on the TX channel are discarded. The number threshold of discarded packets determines the maximum amount of data that can be buffered in a transmission resource group. The congestion time threshold of a transmission resource group determines the amount of data that is buffered when the transmission resource group is congested. Ensure that the maximum amount of data that can be buffered is not less than the amount of data that is buffered during congestion. GUI Value Range: 0~8192 Unit: packet Actual Value Range: 0~8192 Default Value: 1000
RSCGR PALG
CCTTH
SET RSCGR PALG LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the congestion clear time threshold of a transmission resource group. When TCSW is set to ENABLE, if the buffer time of nonreal-time service data in a transmission resource group is below the threshold, it indicates that the transmission resource group is not congested and therefore the congestion clear signals are transmitted. GUI Value Range: 0~500 Unit: ms Actual Value Range: 0~500 Default Value: 25
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
ENodeB AlgoSwi tch
TrmSwit ch
MOD ENODE BALGO SWITC H
LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102
Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Meaning:
LST ENODE BALGO SWITC H
Indicates the switch for uplink flow control over the air interface. If this switch is on, the scheduling algorithm is notified to limit the uplink data rate of UEs in the case of uplink congestion. This method prevents uplink congestion in the eNodeB, but may affect fairness and differentiation for combined services. If this switch is off, the scheduling algorithm is not notified and therefore no rate restriction is applied to uplink data from UEs in the case of uplink congestion. In this case, uplink congestion may occur in the eNodeB, but fairness and differentiation for combined services are ensured. A UE is considered to have combined services if the UE has two or more flow-controllable non-GBR bearers. Fairness and differentiation for combined services of a UE are ensured if the uplink scheduling algorithm allocates bandwidths to these flowcontrollable non-GBR bearers based on weighting factors for uplink scheduling priorities (UlschPriorityFactor). If this switch is on, the scheduling algorithm is notified to limit the number of resource blocks (RBs) allocated to the UE in the case of uplink congestion. According to the related specifications, however, the scheduling algorithm cannot decide how many RBs to be allocated to each bearer. The number of RBs that each non-GBR bearer can use is determined based on the prioritized bit rates (PBRs) and priorities of the associated logical channels rather than based on UlschPriorityFactor. As a result, if this switch is on, fairness and differentiation for combined services of a UE may be affected. GUI Value Range: UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch(UU flow control switch) Unit: None Actual Value Range: UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch Default Value: UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch:Off
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR PALG
PLRDT H
SET RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301202 / TDLOF D-00301 202
Transpo rt Dynami c Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the rate downsizing packet loss rate threshold for bandwidth adjustment. When RXBWASW or TXBWASW is set to ON, the estimated available transport bandwidth is reduced if the packet loss rate detected through IP Performance Monitoring (IP PM) is higher than this threshold. If the packet loss rate detected through IP PM is lower than this threshold, the estimated available transport bandwidth is increased.
LST RSCGR PALG
GUI Value Range: 0~1000 Unit: per mill Actual Value Range: 0~1000 Default Value: 1 RSCGR PALG
DDTH
SET RSCGR PALG LST RSCGR PALG
LOFD-0 0301202 / TDLOF D-00301 202
Transpo rt Dynami c Flow Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for delay variation due to rate reduction. When RXBWASW or TXBWASW is set to ON, the estimated available transport bandwidth is reduced if the delay variation detected by an IP PM session is above this threshold.The UMTS currently does not support this function. GUI Value Range: 0~10000 Unit: ms Actual Value Range: 0~10000 Default Value: 50
IPPATH RT
TRANR SCTYP E
ADD IPPATH RT DSP IPPATH RT
LOFD-0 03016 / TDLOF D-00301 6
LST IPPATH RT UDTPA RAGRP
PRIMP TLOAD TH
ADD UDTPA RAGRP MOD UDTPA RAGRP LST UDTPA RAGRP
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Differen t Transpo rt Paths based on QoS Grade
Meaning: Indicates the type of transport resource carried on an IP path route. The value HQ indicates high-quality transport resources, and the value LQ indicates low-quality transport resources. GUI Value Range: HQ(High Quality), LQ(Low Quality) Unit: None Actual Value Range: HQ, LQ Default Value: None
None
None
Meaning: Indicates the primary port load threshold of the user data in the hybrid transmission scenario. A larger value indicates that services are more likely to be admitted to the primary path. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Unit: % Actual Value Range: 0~100 Default Value: None
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
UDTPA RAGRP
PRIM2S ECPTL OADRA TH
ADD UDTPA RAGRP
None
None
Meaning: Indicates the primary-to-secondary port load ratio threshold of user data in the hybrid transmission scenario. A smaller value indicates that services are more likely to be admitted to the primary path.
MOD UDTPA RAGRP
GUI Value Range: 0~1000 Unit: %
LST UDTPA RAGRP Standard Qci
DlschPri orityFac tor
MOD STAND ARDQC I LST STAND ARDQC I
Extende dQci
DlschPri orityFac tor
ADD EXTEN DEDQC I MOD EXTEN DEDQC I
Actual Value Range: 0~1000 Default Value: None LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the calculation of connection priorities during downlink scheduling. GUI Value Range: 1~1000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001 Default Value: 700
LOFD-0 0101502 / TDLOF D-00101 502
Dynami c Scheduli ng
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the calculation of connection priorities during downlink scheduling. GUI Value Range: 1~1000 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001 Default Value: 700
LST EXTEN DEDQC I
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGR P
RSCGR PID
ADD RSCGR P
WRFD0213040 6
DSP RSCGR P
LOFD-0 03011 / TDLOF D-00301 1
Transmi ssion Recours e Sharing on Iub/Iur Interface
Meaning: Indicates the ID of a transmission resource group. When you add a PPP link, an MP group, an Ethernet port, an Ethernet trunk, a tunnel, or a PPPoE link, the system automatically creates a corresponding transmission resource group with Transmission Resource Group ID set to DEFAULTPORT. When you remove any of the preceding objects, the system automatically removes this transmission resource group.
MOD RSCGR P RMV RSCGR P
GBFD-1 18605
LST RSCGR P
Enhance d Transmi ssion QoS Manage ment
GUI Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, DEFAULTPORT(Default Port) Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, DEFAULTPORT Default Value: None
IP QOS RSCGR P
OID
ADD RSCGR P
None
None
LST RSCGR P
Meaning: Indicates the index of the operator. This parameter is used to differentiate between operators. This parameter is reserved for future extension and does not take effect currently. GUI Value Range: 0~5 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~5 Default Value: 0
IPPATH
PATHID
ADD IPPATH
WRFD050402
DSP IPPATH
GBFD-1 18601
LST IPPATH
GBFD-1 18611
MOD IPPATH RMV IPPATH
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the ID of an IP path. GUI Value Range: 0~65535 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~65535 Default Value: None
Abis over IP Abis IP over E1/T1
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
IPPATH
IPMUX SWITC H
ADD IPPATH
WRFD050420
MOD IPPATH
GBFD-1 18604
FP MUX for IP Transmi ssion
Meaning: Indicates whether the IPMUX function is enabled on IP paths. The LTE currently does not support this function.
Abis MUX
Unit: None
DSP IPPATH LST IPPATH UDTPA RAGRP
PRIMT RANRS CTYPE
ADD UDTPA RAGRP
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable), ENABLE(Enable) Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
None
None
MOD UDTPA RAGRP LST UDTPA RAGRP
Meaning: Indicates the type of primary transport resource used to transmit the user date when hybrid transmission is adopted. HQ indicates that highquality transport resources are used, while LQ indicates that low-quality transport resources are used. When a new service requests admission and admission control is performed, one of the IP path routes with transport resources of the same quality is used as the primary transport path. GUI Value Range: HQ(High Quality), LQ(Low Quality) Unit: None Actual Value Range: HQ, LQ Default Value: None
EP2RSC GRP
ENDPO INTID
ADD EP2RSC GRP RMV EP2RSC GRP LST EP2RSC GRP
WRFD050402 GBFD-1 18601 LOFD-0 02004 / TDLOF D-00200 4
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the end point group or user plane peer that needs to be added to the specified transmission resource group.
Abis over IP
Default Value: None
GUI Value Range: 0~65535 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Selfconfigur ation
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
EP2RSC GRP
RSCGR PID
ADD EP2RSC GRP
WRFD050402
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transmission resource group to which a node maps.
RMV EP2RSC GRP LST EP2RSC GRP
GBFD-1 18601 LOFD-0 02004 / TDLOF D-00200 4
GUI Value Range: 0~15 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~15 Default Value: None
Abis over IP Selfconfigur ation
IPPATH RT
SRCIP
ADD IPPATH RT DSP IPPATH RT
LOFD-0 03016 / TDLOF D-00301 6
RMV IPPATH RT
Differen t Transpo rt Paths based on QoS Grade
Meaning: Indicates the source IP address of an IP path route. The source IP address must be the same as the configured device IP address. GUI Value Range: Valid IP address Unit: None Actual Value Range: Valid IP address Default Value: None
LST IPPATH RT IPPATH RT
DSTIP
ADD IPPATH RT DSP IPPATH RT RMV IPPATH RT
LOFD-0 03016 / TDLOF D-00301 6
Differen t Transpo rt Paths based on QoS Grade
Meaning: Indicates the destination IP address of an IP path route. GUI Value Range: Valid IP address Unit: None Actual Value Range: Valid IP address Default Value: None
LST IPPATH RT
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
IPPATH RT
NEXTH OPIP
ADD IPPATH RT
LOFD-0 03016 / TDLOF D-00301 6
Differen t Transpo rt Paths based on QoS Grade
Meaning: Indicates the next hop IP address of an IP path route. The next hop IP address and the configured device IP address must be on the same network segment, but cannot be the same.
DSP IPPATH RT LST IPPATH RT LR
LRSW
SET LR LST LR
GUI Value Range: Valid IP address Unit: None Actual Value Range: Valid IP address Default Value: None
WRFD050402 LOFD-0 0301101 / TDLOF D-00301 101 LOFD-0 0301102 / TDLOF D-00301 102 GBFD-1 18605
IP Transmi ssion Introduc tion on Iub Interface
Meaning: Indicates the switch for limiting the line rate at the port.
Transpo rt Overboo king Transpo rt Differen tiated Flow Control
Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable), ENABLE(Enable) Unit: None Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
IP QOS PRI2QU E
PRI0
SET PRI2QU E LST PRI2QU E
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
DiffServ QoS Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 0. If the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value of a service packet is greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 0. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 48
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PRI2QU E
PRI1
SET PRI2QU E
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
DiffServ QoS Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 1. If the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the PRI0 value but greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 1.
LST PRI2QU E
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 40
PRI2QU E
PRI2
SET PRI2QU E LST PRI2QU E
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
DiffServ QoS Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 2. If the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the PRI1 value but greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 2. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 32
PRI2QU E
PRI4
SET PRI2QU E LST PRI2QU E
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
DiffServ QoS Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 4. If the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the PRI3 value but greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 4. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 16
PRI2QU E
PRI5
SET PRI2QU E LST PRI2QU E
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
DiffServ QoS Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 5. If the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the PRI4 value but greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 5. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 8
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PRI2QU E
PRI6
SET PRI2QU E
LBFD-0 0300201 / TDLBF D-00300 201
DiffServ QoS Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 6. If the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the PRI5 value but greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 6.
LST PRI2QU E
GUI Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~63 Default Value: 0
eNodeB Path
IpPathId
ADD ENODE BPATH LST ENODE BPATH MOD ENODE BPATH RMV ENODE BPATH
LBFD-0 0300101 / TDLBF D-00300 101
Star Topolog y
LBFD-0 0300102 / TDLBF D-00300 102
Tree Topolog y
Chain Topolog y
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the IP path. GUI Value Range: 0~65535 Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~65535 Default Value: None
S1-flex
LBFD-0 0300103 / TDLBF D-00300 103 LOFD-0 01018 / TDLOF D-00101 8
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
10 Parameters
MO
Parame ter ID
MML Comma nd
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
eNodeB Path
AppTyp e
ADD ENODE BPATH
LBFD-0 0300101 / TDLBF D-00300 101
Star Topolog y
Meaning: Indicates the application type of the IP path.
LBFD-0 0300102 / TDLBF D-00300 102
Tree Topolog y
MOD ENODE BPATH LST ENODE BPATH
Chain Topolog y
GUI Value Range: S1(S1), X2(X2) Unit: None Actual Value Range: S1, X2 Default Value: None
S1-flex
LBFD-0 0300103 / TDLBF D-00300 103 LOFD-0 01018 / TDLOF D-00101 8 eNodeB Path
S1Interf aceId
ADD ENODE BPATH MOD ENODE BPATH LST ENODE BPATH
LBFD-0 0300101 / TDLBF D-00300 101
Star Topolog y
Meaning: Indicates the S1 interface ID of the IP path. This parameter is unavilable in this version, it is recommended to be set as 0.
Chain Topolog y
GUI Value Range: 0~31
LBFD-0 0300102 / TDLBF D-00300 102
Tree Topolog y
Unit: None Actual Value Range: 0~31 Default Value: None
S1-flex
LBFD-0 0300103 / TDLBF D-00300 103 LOFD-0 01018 / TDLOF D-00101 8
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
11
Counters
Table 11-1 Counters Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526728284
L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs due to network congestion
Multi-mode: None
Radio Bearer Management
GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008
Congestion Control
LBFD-002024
Radio/transport resource preemption
LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1 L.Cell.UserLimit.Pr eEmp.Num
Number of successful preemptions triggered due to user limitation
Congestion Control
TDLBFD-002008 TDLBFD-002024
1526728444
Radio Bearer Management
Multi-mode: None GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LOFD-00102901
Radio/transport resource preemption Radio/transport resource preemption Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLOFD-0010290 1
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526729495
L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong.PLMN
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs because of network congestion for a specific operator
Multi-mode: None
Radio Bearer Management
GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008
Radio Bearer Management Congestion Control
TDLBFD-002008
Congestion Control
LBFD-002024
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLBFD-002024 LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1 LOFD-001036 LOFD-001037 TDLOFD-001036 TDLOFD-001037 LOFD-070206
Radio/transport resource preemption RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier Hybrid RAN Sharing
1526729912
L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong.PreEmp
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs because of radio resource preemption
Multi-mode: None GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008
Radio Bearer Management Congestion Control
TDLBFD-002008
Congestion Control
LBFD-002024
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLBFD-002024 LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Radio Bearer Management
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Radio/transport resource preemption
195
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526729923
L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong.VoIP
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs for voice services because of radio network congestion
Multi-mode: None
Radio Bearer Management
GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008
Congestion Control
LBFD-002024
Radio/transport resource preemption
LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1 L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong.PreEmp.VoIP
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs for voice services because of radio resource preemption
Multi-mode: None GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008
Radio/transport resource preemption Radio Bearer Management Radio Bearer Management Congestion Control
TDLBFD-002008
Congestion Control
LBFD-002024
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLBFD-002024 LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Congestion Control
TDLBFD-002008 TDLBFD-002024
1526729926
Radio Bearer Management
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Radio/transport resource preemption
196
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526729931
L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong.PreEmp.PLMN
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs because of radio resource preemption for a specific operator
Multi-mode: None
Radio Bearer Management
GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008 TDLBFD-002008 LOFD-001036 LOFD-001037 TDLOFD-001036 TDLOFD-001037 LOFD-070206 LBFD-002024 TDLBFD-002024 LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1
Radio Bearer Management RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier Hybrid RAN Sharing Congestion Control Congestion Control Radio/transport resource preemption Radio/transport resource preemption
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526729942
L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong.VoIP.PLMN
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs for voice services because of radio network congestion for a specific operator
Multi-mode: None
Radio Bearer Management
GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008 TDLBFD-002008 LOFD-001036 LOFD-001037 TDLOFD-001036 TDLOFD-001037 LOFD-070206 LBFD-002024 TDLBFD-002024 LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1
Radio Bearer Management RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier Hybrid RAN Sharing Congestion Control Congestion Control Radio/transport resource preemption Radio/transport resource preemption
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526729947
L.ERAB.AbnormRel.C ong.PreEmp.VoIP.P LMN
Number of abnormal releases of activated ERABs for voice services because of radio resource preemption for a specific operator
Multi-mode: None
Radio Bearer Management
GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: LBFD-002008 TDLBFD-002008 LOFD-001036 LOFD-001037 TDLOFD-001036 TDLOFD-001037 LOFD-070206 LBFD-002024 TDLBFD-002024 LOFD-00102901 TDLOFD-0010290 1
Radio Bearer Management RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier RAN Sharing with Common Carrier RAN Sharing with Dedicated Carrier Hybrid RAN Sharing Congestion Control Congestion Control Radio/transport resource preemption Radio/transport resource preemption
1526736866
L.Cell.UserSpec.Pr epEmp.PrepAtt.Nu m
Number of times preemptions are triggered by the limitation of the UE number specification
Multi-mode: None
Admission Control
GSM: None
Admission Control
UMTS: None
Radio/transport resource preemption
LTE: LBFD-002023 TDLBFD-002023 LOFD-00102901
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLOFD-0010290 1
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526736867
L.Cell.UserLic.Lim it.Num.PLMN
Number of times the licensed number of UEs is limited for a specific operator
Multi-mode: None
Admission Control
GSM: None
Admission Control
UMTS: None
Radio/transport resource preemption
LTE: LBFD-002023 LOFD-00102901
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLOFD-0010290 1
RAN Sharing with Common Carrier
LOFD-001036
Hybrid RAN Sharing
TDLBFD-002023
LOFD-070206
1526736868
L.Cell.UserLic.Prep Emp.Succ.Num.PL MN
Number of successful preemptions triggered by the limitation of the licensed number of UEs for a specific operator
TDLOFD-001036
RAN Sharing with Common Carrier
Multi-mode: None
Admission Control
GSM: None
Admission Control
UMTS: None
Radio/transport resource preemption
LTE: LBFD-002023 LOFD-00102901
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLOFD-0010290 1
RAN Sharing with Common Carrier
LOFD-001036
Hybrid RAN Sharing
TDLBFD-002023
LOFD-070206
1526736869
L.Cell.UserLic.Lim it.Num
Number of times the licensed number of UEs is limited
TDLOFD-001036
RAN Sharing with Common Carrier
Multi-mode: None
Admission Control
GSM: None
Admission Control
UMTS: None
Radio/transport resource preemption
LTE: LBFD-002023 TDLBFD-002023 LOFD-00102901
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLOFD-0010290 1
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1526736870
L.Cell.UserLic.Prep Emp.Succ.Num
Number of successful preemptions triggered by the limitation of the licensed number of UEs
Multi-mode: None
Admission Control
GSM: None
Admission Control
UMTS: None
Radio/transport resource preemption
LTE: LBFD-002023 TDLBFD-002023 LOFD-00102901
Radio/transport resource preemption
TDLOFD-0010290 1 1542455365
VS.RscGroup.TxBy tes
Number of bytes in the packets successfully transmitted by the resource group
Multi-mode: None
IP QOS
GSM: GBFD-118605
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
UMTS: WRFD-050402 LTE: LOFD-003011
1542455367
VS.RscGroup.TxPk ts
Number of packets successfully transmitted by the resource group
TDLOFD-003011
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
Multi-mode: None
IP QOS
GSM: GBFD-118605
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
UMTS: WRFD-050402 LTE: LOFD-003011
1542455369
VS.RscGroup.TxDr opBytes
Number of bytes in the packets discarded by the resource group due to transmission failures
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
TDLOFD-003011
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
Multi-mode: None
IP QOS
GSM: GBFD-118605
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
UMTS: WRFD-050402 LTE: LOFD-003011 TDLOFD-003011
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Enhanced Transport QoS Management Enhanced Transport QoS Management
201
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
11 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
Feature ID
Feature Name
1542455371
VS.RscGroup.TxDr opPkts
Number of packets discarded by the resource group due to transmission failures
Multi-mode: None
IP QOS
GSM: GBFD-118605
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
UMTS: WRFD-050402 LTE: LOFD-003011
1542455375
VS.RscGroup.TxM axSpeed
Maximum transmit rate of the resource group
TDLOFD-003011
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
Multi-mode: None
IP QOS
GSM: GBFD-118605
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
UMTS: WRFD-050402 LTE: LOFD-003011
1542455376
VS.RscGroup.TxMi nSpeed
Minimum transmit rate of the resource group
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
Multi-mode: None
IP QOS
GSM: GBFD-118605
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
LTE: LOFD-003011
VS.RscGroup.TxM eanSpeed
Average transmit rate of the resource group
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
TDLOFD-003011
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
Multi-mode: None
IP QOS
GSM: GBFD-118605
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
UMTS: WRFD-050402 LTE: LOFD-003011 TDLOFD-003011
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
TDLOFD-003011
UMTS: WRFD-050402
1542455377
Enhanced Transport QoS Management
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Enhanced Transport QoS Management Enhanced Transport QoS Management
202
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
12 Glossary
12
Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
eRAN Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
13
13 Reference Documents
Reference Documents
1.
3GPP TS 23.401, "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) enhancements for Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) access"
2.
3GPP TS 36.300, "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRAN); Overall description"
3.
3GPP TS 36.413, "S1 Application Protocol (S1AP)"
4.
3GPP TS 23.203, "Policy and charging control architecture"
5.
RFC 2697, "A Single Rate Three Color Marker"
6.
Scheduling Feature Parameter Description
7.
Admission and Congestion Control Feature Parameter Description
8.
Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description
9.
Cell Management Feature Parameter Description
10. S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description 11. QoS Management Feature Parameter Description 12. IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description 13. eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description 14. USU3910-based Mutli-BBU Association Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01 (2015-03-23)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
204